Unit 1 Festivals around the world
Period 1 Warming up
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
This is the first period of this unit. In this period, Ss are expected to discuss those festivals around the world. The purpose is to give Ss a chance to practise their oral English, At the same time, they can have a general idea about various kinds of festivals.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Of course Ss are familiar with the topic. And they have much information about festivals around the world. If the teacher uses more creative activities, the Ss can really learn something.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Words and expressions
take place, lunar, festivals, Army Day, Christmas, dress up
b. Express one’s opinion:
In my opinion, ... I believe ... I think that ...
Expressions used in the shops:
Would you like... Could I have... Might I offer help... May I see...
You should try... Could we look at... Can you suggest... We might take...
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the students to talk about Chinese festivals and customs in English and get to know some information about foreign festivals.
情感目标（Emotional aims
Learn about some important festivals in and out of China
Develop the Ss’ moral ability
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
How to talk about the Chinese festivals and social customs at festivals
#Teaching difficult points:
How to offer and request the items you need in shops.
How to grasp the main idea of the text
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Leading in
T: Hello, everybody! Welcome back to school! Did you have a good time in your winter holidays
Ss. Yes. Of course!
T: When did you feel most happy and excited
Ss: At the Spring Festival.
T: Who can tell us why Any volunteers
S1: Because it is the most important festival in our country.
S2: Because I got a lot of lucky money from my parents.
S3: Because I needn’t study at festivals and there was a lot of delicious food to eat. How great.
S4: Because I met my cousins and friends who I hadn’t seen for a long time.
T. Very food! I am glad to hear that. Today we will talk about festivals, which are meant to celebrate important events. How many festivals do you know both in China and Worldwide
Ss: New year, Yuan xiao festival…
T: Quite right. That’s called the Lantern’s Festival. How about some other festivals
Ss: The Army Day, International Labour’s Day, National Day, Tomb Sweeping Festival, Dragon Boat Festival, Mid-autumn Day…
T: You have done a good job, boys and girls!.
Brainstorming
Chinese public holidays
Children’s Day
National Day
International Labour Day
New Year’s Day
The Youth Day
International Women’s Day
Step 2 Warming –up
Festivals are meant to celebrate important events. Different countries have different festivals. Work in groups and lost five Chinese festivals that you know. Discuss when they take place, what they celebrate and one thing that people do at that time. The first one is given to you as an example.
Festivals Time of year/date What does it celebrate What do people do
Mid-Autumn Festival Autumn/Fall The beauty of the full moon, harvest, time with family and friends Give/Eat mooncakes and watch the full moon with family and friends
Step 3 Free talk
How about your Winter Holiday Did you enjoy it
What have you done during the Spring Festival
What’s your new plan in this new term
What will you do for your new plan
Step 4 Words about Spring Festival
Greeting season
春节 The Spring Festival
农历 lunar calendar
正月 lunar January; the first month by lunar calendar
除夕 New Year's Eve; eve of lunar New Year
初一 the beginning of New Year
元宵节 the Lantern Festival
Food names
团圆饭 family reunion dinner
年夜饭 the dinner on New Year's Eve
饺子 dumpling
汤圆 Tang-yuan;
年糕 Nian-gao; rise cake; New Year cake
红枣 red dates
西瓜子 water melon seed
莲子 lotus seed
莲藕 lotus root
糖 candy
板书设计：
Mid-Autumn Festival Autumn/Fall The beauty of the full moon, harvest, time with family and friends Give/Eat mooncakes and watch the full moon with family and friends
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
1、How about your Winter Holiday Did you enjoy it
2、What have you done during the Spring Festival
3、What’s your new plan in this new term
4、What will you do for your new plan
作业
（B、C level）英译中
1. of all kinds
2. the end of the cold weather
3. planting in spring
4. harvest in autumn
5. light fires
6. bring a year of plenty
7. honor the dead
8. satisfy and please the ancestors
9. do harm to
10. clean the graves
11. light incense
12. in memory of
13. light lamps
14. lead … back to earth
15. in the shape of
16. offer … to…
17. have its origin
18. ask for sweets
19. dress up
20. play a trick
（A level）中译英
21. 龙舟节
22. 从…赢得独立
23. 农活季节
24. 装饰
25. 获奖
26. 赏月
27. 期待
28. 春天的到来
29. 用红包装着压岁钱给小孩
30. 舞龙灯
31. 阴历新年
32. 整天
33. 各种艳丽的衣服
34. 信奉基督教的国家
35. 被…罩着
36. 好像
37. 与…玩得愉快
38. 享受生活
39. 暂时忘记日常生活中的烦恼
Keys：
1. 各种各样的
2. 严寒的结束
3. 春季的种植
4. 秋季的丰收
5. 点燃篝火
6. 带来丰收的一年
7. 纪念死者
8. 取悦祖先，使他们满足
9. 对…有害
10. 扫墓
11. 烧香
12. 为了纪念
13. 点起灯笼
14. 把…引回地球
15. 以…的形状
16. 献…给…
17. 有它的起源
18. 要糖
19. 乔装，装扮
20. 捉弄
21. the Dragon Boat festival
22. gain independence from…
23. a season of agricultural work
24. decorate… with …
25. win awards for
26. admire the moon
27. look forward to
28. the coming of spring
29. give children lucky money in red paper
30. dragon dances
31. the lunar New Year
32. day and night
33. colourful clothing of all kinds
34. Christian countries
35. be covered with
36. as though
37. have fun with
38. enjoy life
39. forget our daily life for a little while必修Ⅳ Unit 5 Theme parks
The second period
The analysis of teaching materials（教材分析）:
This is the second period of this unit. In this period, students are expected to retell the contents of the reading passage. The purpose is to review the passage and further understand the contents of the texts. At the same time, students can have chance to practice their oral English. After that, it is very necessary to deal with the language points in the Warning up and reading passage, which helps the students to enlarge their vocabulary and strengthen their English basic skills. What’s more, there are some exercises designed to consolidate these words and expressions.
Language points and phrases are foundations in the whole English learning. If students can have a good command of the language points and important phrases, they can improve their English reading and writing ability efficiently. So a review of language points and phrases will definitely has a positive influence on their English learning.
The analysis of students（学情分析）：
In our school, the students’ English foundation is in a relatively low level. They have learnt a lot of language points before, but still a majority of them can not remember them clearly .So review these language points and important phrases is a must for poor English learners.
● 三维目标
1. Knowledge:
Learn and master the new words and expressions in this period.
Words: attraction, preserve, minority, advance
Phrases: be famous for, no wonder, be modeled after, get close to, come to life
Sentences:
Whichever and whatever you like, there is a theme park for you!
② It will bring you into a magical world and make your dreams come true, whether you are traveling through space, visiting a pirate ship or meeting your favourite fairy tale or Disney cartoon character.
2. Ability:
⑴ Enable the students to talk about different theme parks in English.
⑵ Enable the students to use the new words and expression freely.
3. Emotion:
Further understand the main idea of the text.
Encourage the students to enlarge their vocabulary and strengthen their English basic skills.
Develop the students’ quality of overcoming difficulties in study.
Develop the students’ interests of studying English.
Teaching goals for the students(教学目标):
To get the students to remember the following words and phrases :
1．various kinds ________ 各种各样的
2．be famous________ 以……而闻名
3．________the old－fashioned way 用老式的方法
4．be modeled ________ 根据……模仿；仿造
5．________advance 提前
6．________new experiences 全新的体验
7．get ________ to 接近
8．come to ________ 活跃起来
9．in a completely new ________ 以全新的方式
10．________easy reach 很容易到达的距离
Keys: 1.of 2.for 3.in 4.after 5.in 6.brand 7．close 8.life 9.way 10.within
2. To get the students master the usage of the following phrases above.
3. To get the students remember the following five sentences :
1．The theme park you are probably most familiar with is Disneyland.
2．It is world-famous for having the most length in the smallest space.
3．For a break，I took part in some car racing and then skied down some of the most difficult mountains in the world.
4．I ended my travels by meeting face to face with a dinosaur，the terrible T－Rex，and survived the experience.
5. Futuroscope is not only for individuals, but is also the perfect mix of fun and learning for class outings.
● Teaching important and difficult points(教学重难点):
To get the students to remember and master the usage of the following important phrases.
be famous for, no wonder, be modeled after, get close to, come to life
Teaching procedures（教学流程）:
Step One Review the following sentences:
1. Mr. Smith is the kindest teacher that I have ever had.
2. Whenever we have difficulties，she is always ready to help.
3. Nothing is more important than to receive a good education.
4. It is always acknowledged that trees are important to us.
5. We cannot emphasize the importance of protecting our eyes too much.
6. He passed away in 1976，leaving no wealth or no money to his family.
7. There is no doubt that our educational system needs to be improved.
8. An advantage of using the solar energy is that it won't produce any pollution.
9. The reason why we have to grow trees is that they can provide us with fresh air.
10. In a sense，a successful scientist is a person who is never satisfied with what he has achieved.
Step Two Review the following phrases and its usage:
1．be famous for 以……而闻名
be famous as 作为……而闻名 become famous overnight 一夜成名
be well－known for 因……而著名；众所周之
be well－known as 作为……而熟知 be well－known to... 对……来说熟知
e.g: His grandfather is famous as a well－known writer in China.
As a famous doctor，he is well－known to all the residents in town.
【温馨提示】 for表示以某种特征、知识、技能而出名；as表示以某种身份、形式、特产而闻名。
【随堂落实】
介词填空
(1) Surely，nearly every student knows that Oxford is famous ________ its university. (C类)
(2) Xi'an City is well－known ________ an ancient capital in the history of China. (C类)
【答案】 (1)for (2)as
2．no wonder 难怪；不足为奇
(1) in wonder 惊愕地；惊异地 do wonders 做出奇迹
world wonders 世界奇迹
(2) wonder about/at对……诧异/惊奇
(3) It is no wonder that... 难怪；不足为奇；十分自然……
No wonder！难怪！怪不得！
e.g: The fact that she left home is not to be wondered at.
It seems that some students wonder at the math teacher's explanation.
【随堂落实】
Sometimes，he doesn't sleep throughout the night.________ that he is often tired out in class. (B类)
A．There is no point B．There is no need
C．It is no wonder D．It is no way
【解析】 前一句 “...he doesn't sleep throughout the night.”表示原因，由此可知答案选C。
【答案】 C
3．be modeled after... 根据……模仿；仿造
(1) model ...on/after 仿效；仿制 model for a living 当模特为生
(2) after/on the model of 仿效；以……为模范 a model plane 飞机模型
fashion model 时装模特 a labour model 劳动模范
e.g: I tried to model myself on the governor.
On the model of the young inventor，the little girl starts to research something on his own.
【随堂落实】
介词填空
The pupils often model themselves ________ their teachers，so we will try to be model teachers. (C类)
【答案】 on/after
4．get close to 接近；靠近
(1) close to 靠近；几乎 close up to 离……很近
keep a close eye/watch on 密切注释；严密监视
(2) close down 关闭；停业
(3) bring...to a close 结束
e.g: The church is close to the shop.
They tried hard to bring the war to a close.
【温馨提示】 close (up) to 用作介词，而get close to是动词短语。
词义辨析：close/closely
close用作副词多指实际距离近，用作形容词时表示“亲密的，严密的”。
closely表示抽象意义“密切地，紧密地，紧紧地”。
e.g: Come close so that I can see you.
This case is closely connected with that young lawyer.
【随堂落实】
Word came that the young businessman got close to ______ in the train accident. (A类)
A．kill B．be killed C．Killing D．being killed
【解析】 get close to 表示“接近，靠近”时，其中的to是介词，其后接动名词；根据逻辑主谓关系使用动名词的被动形式。
【答案】 D
5．come to life 活跃起来；恢复生气；苏醒过来
come back to life 苏醒过来；复活 come to oneself 苏醒过来
come to one's senses 苏醒过来 come to 总共；共计
bring...to life 使……更有趣；更生动 lose one's life 牺牲；丧命
all one's life 终生；一生 save one's life 挽救生命
e.g: The bill came to ￡5.50.
Luckily，all the injured have come to themselves.
【随堂落实】
利用上述短语完成下面的情景 (B类)
All the doctors were afraid that the policewoman would (1)________(牺牲)．They decided to make every effort to (2)________(挽救生命)．Although the cost of the operation would (3)________(总计) over,20,000 yuan，they set about operating on her. Two weeks later，she (4)________(苏醒过来)．
【答案】 (1) lose her life (2) save her life (3) come to (4) came back to life
1．Whichever and whatever you like，there is a theme park for you！
【句式分析】
句中whichever和whatever都引导让步状语从句，表示“无论哪一个”和“无论什么”。
e.g: It has the same result，whichever way you do it.
Whatever I suggest，he always disagrees.
【温馨提示】 应注意的是， whichever和whatever既可以用作关系代词，也可以用作关系形容词，后接名词，既可以引导名词性从句，也可以引导让步状语从句。
e.g: Choose whichever of them you like best.
Take whichever seat you like.
Don't be nervous and take whatever you want.
【随堂落实】
________ team wins on Saturday will go through to the coming Asian Games. (B类)
A．No matter what B．No matter which
C．Whatever D．Whichever
【解析】 句意：无论哪个队周六获胜都将参加即将到来的亚运会。由此，使用whichever引导名词性从句。
【答案】 D
It will bring you into a magical world and make your dreams come true, whether you are traveling through space, visiting a pirate ship or meeting your favourite fairy tale or Disney cartoon character.
【句式分析】
句中whether...or引导的是让步状语从句，意为“不管……还是……”。
e.g: Whether it rains or not，the students have to arrive at the meeting on time.
I will go，whether you come with me or stay at home.
【温馨提示】 whether ...or not可以引导名词性从句，意为“是否，是不是”。
e.g: I don't know whether my professor is fond of flowers or not.
Whether or not she will vote for us is not clear.
【随堂落实】
All people，________ they are old or young，rich or poor，have been trying their best to help those in need since the disaster. (B类)
A．even if B．whether C．no matter D．however
【解析】 分析句子结构可知，空格部分是让步状语从句，意思是“无论年老还是年轻，富人还是穷人”，即句中使用的是whether...or这一句型。
【答案】 B
Step Four Practice
Ⅰ.考题链接
1．(2010·山东淄博)Could I speak to ________ is in charge of International Sales please (B类)
A．who B．what C．whoever D．whatever
【解析】 题干要求一个连词引导名词性从句作介词 to的宾语，而该连词又作从句的主语，且指人，因而正确选项只能是C项。
【答案】 C
2．(2010·陕西西安)My pen friend and I keep in touch ______ sending e－mails often. (C类)
A．with B．by C．on D．of
【解析】 by后接动名词形式，意为“通过……的方式”。
【答案】 B
3．(2010·北京海淀)The young doctor tries to model ______ his father，who is well－known ______ the villagers. (B类)
A．after；for B．on；as C．upon；for D．after；to
【解析】 model after仿效某人；be well－known to sb.为某人熟知。
【答案】 D
4．(2010·郑州模拟)I have got the message that she will take a(n) ________ class in English when she goes to university. (B类)
A．active B．advanced C．progressive D．advancing
【解析】 an advanced class in English高级英语班；progressive渐进的，进步的。
【答案】 B
5．(2010·山东威海) — What's the purpose of setting up the society
— To ________ those endangered species. (A类)
A．Keep B．ensure C．preserve D．prepare
【解析】 表示“保护濒危物种”应使用preserve；ensure确保，保证。
【答案】 C
Ⅱ.短文填空 (B类)
In the southeast of Chaoyang District of Beijing City lies a famous 1.________ park— Happy Valley Beijing. This new theme park，opened in July,2006，covers an area of over one million square meters.
This park provides people with 2.________ activities to amuse yourselves. Here you can enjoy interesting cultural performances，and have a variety of things to see and do，such as experiencing different 3.________ equipment，visiting scenic spots，watching 4.________，and playing unique games. Another 5.________ here is the shopping and food center，where you can purchase beautiful clothes and enjoy traditional Chinese food.
Since it is not far from the city center and a 6.________ just leads to the park，it is convenient for you to arrive there. You may either choose to take a travel bus or a taxi. Besides，the charges for 7.________ are reasonable. It costs an adult only 160 yuan while the half for children under 1.4 meters in height. Even better，if you are over 70，your trip will be free of charge.
All in all，this park is a good place for you to have an 8.________.You can get close to nature and the 9.________enough.But don't forget to put on your 10.________ so that you will not be so tired.
【答案】1. theme 2. various 3. amusement 4. cartoons 5. attraction 6. freeway 7.admission 8. outing 9. sunlight 10. sneakers
Step Five Summary and homework
1. Learn the phrases and language points by heart.
2. Exercises III in Book 361°
板书设计
1. Mr. Smith is the kindest teacher that I have ever had. 2. Whenever we have difficulties，she is always ready to help.3. Nothing is more important than to receive a good education. 4. It is always acknowledged that trees are important to us. 5. We cannot emphasize the importance of protecting our eyes too much. 6. He passed away in 1976，leaving no wealth or no money to his family. 。。。。。。 1．be famous for 以……而闻名 be famous as 作为……而闻名…2．no wonder 难怪；不足为奇 (1) in wonder 惊愕地；惊异地…3．be modeled after... 根据……模仿；仿造 (1) model ...on/after 仿效；仿制 …4．get close to 接近；靠近 。。。。。。
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A (B类)
2010·浙江高考 The term “multitasking” originally referred to a computer's ability to carry out several tasks at one time. For many people，multitasking has become a way of life and even a key to success. In fact，some excellent mental aerobic exercises 大脑训练 involve engaging the brain in two or more challenging activities at a time. Although checking e－mail while talking on a phone and reading the newspaper may be second nature for some people，many times multitasking can make us less productive，rather than more. And studies show that too much multitasking can lead to increased stress，anxiety and memory loss.
In order to multitask，the brain uses an area known as the prefrontal cortex 前额叶脑皮层 ．Brian scans of volunteers performing multiple tasks together show that as they shift from task to task，this front part of the brain actually takes a moment of rest between tasks. You may have experienced a prefrontal cortex “moment of rest” yourself if you've ever dialed 拨电话 a phone number and suddenly forgotten who you called when the line is answered. What probably occurred is that between the dialing and the answering，your mind shifted to another thought or task，and then took that “moment” to come back. Research has also shown that for many volunteers，job efficiency 效率 declines while multitasking，as compared to when they perform only one task at a time.
Multitasking is easiest when at least one of the tasks is habitual，or requires little thought. Most people don't find it difficult to eat and read the newspaper at the same time. However，when two or more attention－requiring tasks are attempted at one time，people sometimes make mistakes.
We often don't remember things as well when we're trying to manage several details at the same time. Without mental focus，we may not pay enough attention to new information coming in，so it never makes it into our memory stores. That is one of the main reasons we forget people's names—even sometimes right after they have introduced themselves. Multitasking can also affect our relationships. If someone checks their e－mail while on the phone with a friend，they may come off as absent－minded or disinterested. It can also cause that person to miss or overlook key information being passed on to them.
1．Why are some mental aerobic exercises designed to engage people in multitasking
A．To make them more productive.
B．To reduce their stress and anxiety.
C．To develop their communication skills.
D．To help them perform daily tasks more easily.
2．According to Paragraph 2，why may a person suddenly forget who he has called
A．He may have his prefrontal cortex temporarily damaged.
B．He is probably interrupted by another task.
C．He is probably not very familiar with the person he has called.
D．He may need a rest between dialing and speaking.
3．People tend to make mistakes when ________.
A．they perform several challenging tasks at a time
B．new messages are processed one after another
C．their relationships with others are affected
D．the tasks require little thought
4．What is the main idea of the passage
A．Multitasking has become a way of life.
B．Multitasking often leads to efficiency decline.
C．Multitasking exercises need to be improved.
D．Multitasking enables people to remember things better.
参考答案：1. A 2. B 3. A 4. B
B (C类)
2010·山东高考 Batteries can power anything from small sensors to large systems. While scientists are finding ways to make them smaller but even more powerful，problems can arise when these batteries are much larger and heavier than the devices themselves. University of Missouri MU researchers are developing a nuclear energy source that is smaller，lighter and more efficient.
“To provide enough power，we need certain methods with high energy density 密度 ”，said Jae Kwon，assistant professor of electrical and computer engineering at MU.“The radioisotope 放射性同位素 battery can provide power density that is much higher than chemical batteries.”
Kwon and his research team have been working on building a small nuclear battery，presently the size and thickness of a penny，intended to power various micro /nanoelectromechanical systems M/NEMS ．Although nuclear batteries can cause concerns，Kwon said they are safe.
“People hear the word ‘nuclear’ and think of something very dangerous，” he said.“However，nuclear power sources have already been safely powering a variety of devices，such as pace－makers，space satellites and underwater systems.”
His new idea is not only in the battery's size，but also in its semiconductor 半导体 ．Kwon's battery uses a liquid semiconductor rather than a solid semiconductor.
“The key part of using a radioactive battery is that when you harvest the energy，part of the radiation energy can damage the lattice structure 晶体结构 of the solid semiconductor，” Kwon said，“By using a liquid semiconductor，we believe we can minimize that problem.”
Together with J．David Robertson，chemistry professor and associate director of the MU Research Reactor，Kwon is working to build and test the battery. In the future，they hope to increase the battery's power，shrink its size and try with various other materials. Kwon said that the battery could be thinner than the thickness of human hair.
5．Which of the following is TRUE of Jae Kwon
A．He teaches chemistry at MU.
B．He developed a chemical battery.
C．He is working on a nuclear energy source.
D．He made a breakthrough in computer engineering.
6．Jae Kwon gave examples in Paragraph 4________.
A．to show chemical batteries are widely applied
B．to indicate nuclear batteries can be safely used
C．to describe a nuclear－powered system
D．to introduce various energy sources
7．Liquid semiconductor is used to ________.
A．get rid of the radioactive waste
B．test the power of nuclear batteries
C．decrease the size of nuclear batteries
D．reduce the damage to lattice structure
8．According to Jae Kwon，his nuclear battery ________.
A．uses a solid semiconductor
B．will soon replace the present ones
C．could be extremely thin
D．has passed the final test
9．The text is most probably a ________.
A．science news report B．book review
C．newspaper ad D．science fiction story
参考答案：5. C 6. B 7. D 8. C 9. A
Ⅳ.短文改错 (B类)
2010·杭州质检 One Sunday morning，there were much people in the park. In a shop，a woman was buying an icecream while a young man behind her took his handbag away. She shouted.”Stop thief！He's robbed me from my bag！”Hearing this，a few people began to run after him. There was an old man sit quietly on a bench nearby，reading a newspaper. As the robber was running passed him，the old man quickly picked up his umbrella and put between the robber's legs. The young man fell down on the ground hardly. Soon two policeman came in a police car and arrested him. The woman thanked for the old man，and the people around praised the old man for his cleverness.
参考答案：
One Sunday morning，there were people in the park. In a shop，a woman was buying an ice－cream a young man behind her took handbag away. She shouted，“Stop thief！He's robbed me my bag！”Hearing this，a few people began to run after him. There was an old man quietly on a bench nearby，reading a newspaper. As the robber was running him，the old man quickly picked up his umbrella and put between the robber's legs. The young man fell down on the ground .Soon two came in a police car and arrested him. The woman thanked the old man，and the people around praised the old man for his cleverness.Unit 1 Art
6th period Grammar
Subjunctive Mood
翁艳芬
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
In the two reading passages, the Ss have learned some sentences using the subjunctive mood. So in this lesson, the teacher will get the Ss to understand this grammatical structure so as to
understand the readings better.
2.学情分析（analysis of students）
In the process of learning English, Ss have learned some sentences using the subjunctive mood. So
the teacher can use some common sentences to lead in.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Enable students to learn how to use the subjunctive mood.
b. Learn the features(特征) of the target sentence patterns
1) “If I did/were…, I would/should/could/might …”
2) “I wish that I were/did…”
能力目标(Ability aims)
a. Get the students to understand and sum up the grammatical points. Meanwhile try to master these rules.
b. Learn to use the target sentence patterns to talk about situations that are not true or not likely to become true at present.
情感目标(Emotion aims)
a. Get Ss to become interested in grammar learning.
b. Develop Ss’ sense of group cooperation.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
a. Help the students master two structures about the subjunctive mood.
b. Get the students to learn how to use the two structures about the subjunctive mood.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I: Greetings
Step II: Presentation
Task 1: Discover useful structures.
(1). If you could have three of these paintings on the walls of your classroom, which would you choose
(2). If you were an artist, what kind of pictures would you paint
(3). Have you ever wished you could paint as well as a professional artist
(4). If the rules of perspective had not been discovered, no one would have been able to paint such realistic pictures.
(5). Without the new paints and the new technique, we would not be able to see the many great masterpieces for which this period is famous.
Task 2: Present the usages of subjunctive mood.
The Subjunctive Mood:表示说话人所说的话不是事实, 而是一种假设, 愿望, 怀疑或推测。虚拟语气主要用于if条件状语从句, 也可用于名词性从句等。
条件句表示主句的条件, 分真实条件句和虚拟条件句两种。
a. 真实条件句 表示条件是真的或有可能实现的, 采用陈述语气。
b. 虚拟条件句表示条件是无法实现或几乎无法实现的, 采用虚拟语气。
If虚拟条件句
从句 主句
与现在事实相反 动词过去式(be→were) would/could/should/might + v.(原)
与过去事实相反 had + p.p. would/could/should/might + have + p.p.
与将来事实可能相反 动词过去式should + v.(原)were to + v.(原) would/could/should/might + v.(原)
eg. If I had a lot of money now, I would travel around the world.
If he had driven more carefully, he would not have had the car accident yesterday.
If you succeeded, everything would be all right.
If you should succeed, everything would be all right.
If you were to succeed, everything would be all right.
(Analyze the exercises in “新坐标”from 11-12)
注意: (1) 在书面语中,如果虚拟条件从句中有were, 助动词had或should,可以把if省略,而把 这几个词放到主语之前,构成倒装结构.
eg. Were I you, I would give it up.
Had I set out earlier, I would have caught the train.
Should I meet him tomorrow, I would ask him about it.
(2) 当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时,被称为“错综 时间条件句”,动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间做出相应的调整.
eg. If you had asked him yesterday, you would know what to do now.
If you had studied hard before, you would be college student now.
(3) 无“条件”虚拟语气句子：指没有if或I wish等引起表条件的句子，而是用其它形式表现出来。常用来表示“无条件”的词有：with, without, but for, or, but, otherwise, even, in case of, what if(如果……)
eg. Without electricity, human life would be quite difficult today.
= If there were no electricity,
But for your help, I wouldn’t have succeeded
= If it hadn’t been for your help, …
6.知识结构（板书设计）
主板书
副板书
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
ABC层 Review the grammar points in this class.
ABC层: Single choice
(1). If there were no water in the world, everything ______.
A. will die B. would die C. would have died D. have died
(2). If I ______ you, I ______ more attention to English idioms and phrases.
A. was; shall pay B. am; will pay
C. would be; would pay D. were; would pay
(3). ______ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
(4). Had Paul received six more votes in the last election, he______our chairman now.
A. must have been B. would have been C. were D. would be
(5). If I had worked harder at school, I ____ in a comfortable office now.
A. would have sat B. had sat C. would be sitting D. would sits
(6). Without sunlight, or water or air, there ___ no life on the earth.
A. will have B. would be C. should be D. must be
(7). But for the snow, we ___ earlier.
A. will arrive B. should have arrived C. arrive D. arrived
Keys: (1).B (2).D (3).B (4).D (5).C (6).B (7).B
If虚拟条件句
从句 主句
与现在事实相反 动词过去式(be→were) would/could/should/might + v.(原)
与过去事实相反 had + p.p. would/could/should/might + have + p.p.
与将来事实可能相反 动词过去式should + v.(原)were to + v.(原) would/could/should/might + v.(原)
注意: (1) 在书面语中,如果虚拟条件从句中有were, 助动词had或should,可以把if省略,而把 这几个词放到主语之前,构成倒装结构.
(2) 当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时,被称为“错综时间条件句”,动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间做出相应的调整.
(3) 无“条件”虚拟语气句子：指没有if或I wish等引起表条件的句子，而是用其它形式表现出来。常用来表示“无条件”的词有：with, without, but for, or, but, otherwise, even, in case of, what if(如果……)Unit 1 Using language---- language points
教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
In this part, the language points are not difficult. There are some new words that students should know. Students can do the exercises firstly and then listen to the teacher carefully.
学情分析（analysis of the students）
Our students can do the exercises by themselves and then check them. Teacher should guide students to learn the new words and some grammar points.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
A. Words and expressions：permission; permit; turn up; keep one’s word; hold one’s breath; apologize; set off…
B. Sentences：It is obvious that…
能力目标(Ability aims):
Students can use those new words and expressions; can do the homework by themselves.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Students can express their emotions use these sentences and words. Students can talk about some legends with others.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points: permission; permit, turn up and some phrases with turn.
#Teaching difficult points: the sentence: it is obvious that…
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 review the passage
Part 1: read the new words and do a dictation
Part 2 : check the homework
Step 2 language points
permission n. 许可，允许
ask for permission 请求许可
give sb. permission to do sth. 批准某人干某事
with sb.’s permission 在某人许可的情况下
without permission 未经许可
思维拓展; permit vt. 允许，许可 vi.容许 n. 允许（书面语）；执照；许可证
permit sb. to do sth. 允许某人干某事
permit doing sth. 允许做某事
eg; We can’t take photographs here without permission.
We don't permit smoking in the office.
But she didn’t turn up.
turn up 出现，到场 （ I was expecting him at ten, but he didn’t turn up.）
拓展：
turn about 转向一边；回头 turn against 背叛；反抗
turn away 拒绝看；拒绝帮助 turn back 原路返回；折回
turn down 翻下；关小；拒绝 turn in 上交；向里弯
turn off 转弯；关掉 turn on 打开；转开
turn out 证明是；结果；生产 turn over 翻转；倒转；打翻
turn round 转向 turn to 变成；求助于
… and he thought she would keep her word.
keep one’s word 守信用；履行诺言 word意为“诺言”时，是不可数名词，其前不用冠词修饰。
You should keep your word once you make it.
拓展： break one’s word 食言 get in a word 插嘴
have words with sb. 与某人争吵 have a word with sb. 与某人谈话
on other words 话句话说 in a/ one word 总而言之
… he was not going to hold his breath for her to apologize.
A: hold one’s breath 屏息，屏气 breath只能为单数
lose one’s breath 喘不过气来 out of breath 上气不接下气； 喘不过气来
take/ draw breath 呼吸；休息一下 breath deeply 深呼吸
B: apologize vi. 道歉，辩解
apologize to sb. 向某人道歉
apologize for (doing) sth. 因（做了）某事儿道歉
apologize to sb. for sth./ doing sth. 因某事而向某人道歉
make /offer an apology 道歉 accept (refuse) an apology接受（拒绝）道歉
It was obvious that the manager of the coffee shop was waiting for Li Fang to leave…
It is obvious that… 很明显……
Eg: It was obvious that the driver could not control his car.
As Li Fang set off for home, he thought, “ I guess Hu Jin doesn’t love me. I’ll just throw these flowers and chocolates away. I don’t want them to remind me of her.”
A: set off
出发，动身，启程； 相当于set out 或start off. 如果表示“出发去某地”，要用for加表示地点的名词。
He proposed to set off immediately.
引爆，燃放
Be careful that you don't set the fireworks off by mistake.
引起
She had stopped crying but his shouting set her off again.
B : remind sb. of sth. 提醒；使某人想起某事
The film reminded me of the days we spent together in the country.
remind sb. to do sth. 提醒某人去做某事
remind sb. + 从句 提醒某人……
板书设计
permission n. 许可，允许 ask for permission 请求许可give sb. permission to do sth. 批准某人干某事 with sb.’s permission 在某人许可的情况下without permission 未经许可keep one’s word 守信用；履行诺言 word意为“诺言”时，是不可数名词，其前不用冠词修饰。You should keep your word once you make it.拓展： break one’s word 食言 get in a word 插嘴have words with sb. 与某人争吵 have a word with sb. 与某人谈话on other words 话句话说 in a/ one word 总而言之
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问:
What the main idea of the passage
What other legends can you tell us
练习
It’s half past ten, but he hasn’t turned __up__ yet.
It’s wrong to turn __against__ our motherland.
Please turn __down__ the radio a bit; I’m doing my homework.
Travelers ___are reminded that__ (被提醒) climbing the hill is dangerous.
He __reminded me to__ (提醒我) take an umbrella along.
作业
Part 1 (A level)
Amy was ___B___ when she was told that her Granny passed away.
A open-minded B heart-broken C warm-hearted D heart-felt
Don’t worry about the necklace. It’ll ___C___ sooner or later.
A turn out B turn on C turn up D turn around
----You look upset. What’s the matter
----I had my proposal ____D___ again.
A turned over B turned on C turned off D turned down
He left ___B___ with my secretary that he would call again in the afternoon. He said he would keep _______.
A words; his words B word; his word C word; word D the word; his word
Ha! You ___B___ by a _______. How ____ of you!
A is fooled; fool; foolish B were fooled; fool; foolish
C are fooled; foolish; foolish D were fooled; foolish; fool
The old man was fooled _____B___ some money to the cheat.
A to take B into taking C of taking D to taking
He dived into the water and ____B____ to search for his girl-friend’s lost gold ring.
A caught his breath B held his breath
C lost his breath D took breath
----Have you made an apology ___D__ him______ breathing his window
-----Yes, I have.
A for; to B to; to C for; for D to; for
He _____C___ to me for his not being able to take part in my birthday party.
A explained B told C apologized D begged
Frank tried to save the ___B___ girl in the river, but unfortunately he was_____.
A drowned; drowning B drowning; drowned
C drowned; drowned D drowning ; drowning
Part 2 (B level)阅读理解
Several different stories are told about the origin of Saint Valentine’s Day. One legend dates as far back as the days of the Roman Empire. According to the story, Claudius, the Emperor of Rome, wanted to increase the size of his army. He knew that it would be easier to get young men who were not married to join. Therefore he made a rule that no young man could marry until he had served a certain number of years in the army.
A priest named Valentine broke the rule and secretly married a great many young people. Finally, Claudius found out about Valentine and put the priest in prison, where he remained until his death on February 14.
After his death, Valentine was made a saint, and the day of his death was named Saint Valentine’s Day. It became the custom for lovers to send each other message on this day. Now Saint Valentine’s Day is a time for people to send one another greeting of many kinds.
February 14, Valentine’s Day, is sweethearts’ say, on which people in love with each other express their tender emotions.
People sometimes put their love message in a heartshaped box of chocolates, or a bunch of flowers tied with red ribbons. Words of letters may be written on the flower covered card, or something else. Whatever the form may be, the message is almost the same: “ Will you be my Valentine ”
Valentine was put in prison because__________.
A he secretly got married B he didn't serve in the army
C he married many young people secretly D he broke the laws
According to the rule, _____________.
A no young men could get married unless they were old enough
B young men could marry if they served in the army for several years
C no one could get married without the emperor’s permission
D young men could marry only in the army
This passage mainly tells us about_________.
A how Valentine died B the Emperor of Rome
C how Valentine’s Day is celebrated D the origin of Valentine’s Day
February 14 is chosen as Valentine’s Day because ______________.
A lovers express their tender emotions on this day
B people want to remember Valentine
C people send one another greetings of many kinds on this day
D people want to fix a date for lovers to express their emotions
Part 3 (C level) 根据句意完成下列句子
看上去她好像知道这个消息了。
It __look__ __as___ ___if/ though___ she had known the news.
今晚的玩会你必定会玩得很开心。
You’re sure to __have__ __fun__ at the party tonight.
我们学校的运动会将会于下周星期五举行。
Our school sports meet __will__ __take___ __place__ next Friday.
老师很满意珍妮对这个问题的回答。
The teacher __was__ ___satisfied__ __with__ Jenny’s answer to the question.
中国人为长城而骄傲。
Chinese people __are__ __proud__ __of__ the Great Wall.Unit 1 Festivals around the world
GrammarⅡ
1.教材分析（Analysis of teaching material）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar: Modal verbs such as may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should and must are used for many pared and discover the uses of each modal verb by giving a lot of example to master the related modal verbs.Finally ,summarize the use of can ,could,may ,might ,will ,would ,shall,should ,must,can't.
2.学情分析（Analysis of the students）
Ss will most probably be confused when learning this grammar. Because they even cannot get clear the first kind of Modal verbs. But they must learn it well.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
get Ss to know the characters of modal verbs.
Let Ss learn the use of may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should and must,can't
能力目标 (Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use Modal verbs correctly and properly
情感目标（Emotional aims
Get the Ss to become interested in grammar learning
Develop the Ss 'sense of group cooperation.
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
Teaching important points:
Get the Ss to master the usage of might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should , must and can't.
Teaching difficult points:
Enable the Ss to learn theses modal verbs.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework
Recite the rule of modal verbs.
Step 1 Grammar
need和dare的用法
need和dare既可用作情态动词，也可用作实义动词。用作情态动词时，主要用于否定句和疑问句。用作实义动词时，可用于各种句式。
1.用作情态动词
--Need I come --Yes, you must. --我需要来吗？ --需要。
You needn t telephone him now. 你现在不必打电话给他。
I don t think you need worry. 我想你不必发愁。
She dare not go out alone at night. 她晚上不敢一个人出去。
How dare you say I m unfair 你竟敢说我不公平？
Not one of them dared mention this. 他们谁也不敢提这件事。
2.用作实义动词
You don t need to do it yourself. 你不必亲自做这件事。
We need to tell them the news. 我们需要把这消息告诉他们。
The table needs painting (to be painted.). 桌子需要油漆一下。
We should dare to give our own opinion. 我们要敢于提出自己的观点。
He did not dare (to) look up. 他不敢抬头看。
I dare day he ll come again. 我想他会再来的。（I dare say…为固定习语）
（二）情态动词后跟完成式和进行式的用法
1.情态动词后跟完成式，表“应当已经……”，“想必已经……”，“本来可以……”等意。
I should have finished the work earlier. 我应当早一点完成这项工作的。
He isn t here. He must have missed the train. 他还未到，一定是没赶上火车。
Where can (could) he have gone 他能到那里去了呢？
You may (might) have read about it. 你可能在报上已经读到这件事了。
You could (might) have been more careful. 你本来可以更细心的。
He needn t have worried about it. 他本不必为此事担心。
There was a lot of fun at yesterday s party. You ought to have come, but why didn t you
昨天的聚会非常有意思。你本应该来，为何不来呢？
2. 情态动词后跟进行式，表示“想必正在……”，“可能正在……”，“应当正在”等意。
It s twelve o clock. They must be having lunch. 现在是十二点。他们一定正在吃饭。
They may be discussing this problem. 他们可能正在论讨这个问题。
He can t be telling the truth. 他说的不可能是真话。
She shouldn t be working like that. She s still so weak. 她不应当那样干，她身体仍那么虚。
（三）几组词的辨异
1. can 和be able to
1）情态动词can只有两种时态形式，现在式can和过去式could，而be able to有多种时态形式。
Mary can play the piano. She has been able to play it since she was 5.
玛丽会弹钢琴。她五岁起就会弹了。
2）用在过去时中，could经常表示能够做某事，事实上不一定去做，而was∕were able to则表示“过去做成了某事”。在否定句中两者可通用。
He could swim across the English Channel. But he didn t feel like it that day.
他能游过英吉利海峡，但那天他不想游。
Yesterday I was able to get home before the heavy rain. 昨天我在下大雨前赶到了家里。
2. must和 have to
must表示主观意志，而have to表示由于客观因素不得不做某事。must没有过去式，除在间接引语中可用于表示过去时间，在直接引语中表示过去时间应该用had to代替。
I told her that she must give up smoking. 我叫她必须戒烟。
We had to get everything ready that night. 我们那晚得把一切准备就绪。
3. would和used to
1）used to表示过去与现在或过去某时与后来的情况有不同，而would只表过去的情况。
People used to think that the earth was flat.
过去人们认为地球是平的。（现在人们不这么认为。）
She would go out for a walk in the morning when she was in the country.
在乡下时，她总是在早晨去散会儿步。（可能现在仍有散步的习惯。）
2）used to可表示过去的习惯动作和经常的情况，而would只表示过去的习惯动作。
He used to ∕would smoke while writing. 过去他写东西时常抽烟。
She used to be fat. 她过去很胖
Step 3 Practice
判断正确和错误
How dare you say such a thing
How dare you to say such a thing
He daren’t to speak English before such a
crowd, did he
He daren’t speak English before such a crowd, dare he
Nobody need to be afraid of catching the disease.
Nobody need be afraid of catching the disease.
The room needs cleaning/to be cleaned.
The room need cleaning
6.板书设计（Blackboard Design）
need和dare的用法
need和dare既可用作情态动词，也可用作实义动词。用作情态动词时，主要用于否定句和疑问句。用作实义动词时，可用于各种句式。
（二）情态动词后跟完成式和进行式的用法
1.情态动词后跟完成式，表“应当已经……”，“想必已经……”，“本来可以……”等意。
2. 情态动词后跟进行式，表示“想必正在……”，“可能正在……”，“应当正在”等意。
1. can 和be able to
1）情态动词can只有两种时态形式，现在式can和过去式could，而be able to有多种时态形式。
2）用在过去时中，could经常表示能够做某事，事实上不一定去做，而was∕were able to则表示“过去做成了某事”。在否定句中两者可通用。 must和 have to
must表示主观意志，而have to表示由于客观因素不得不做某事。must没有过去式，除在间接引语中可用于表示过去时间，在直接引语中表示过去时间应该用had to代替。 would和used to
1）used to表示过去与现在或过去某时与后来的情况有不同，而would只表过去的情况。2）used to可表示过去的习惯动作和经常的情况，而would只表示过去的习惯动作。
7.问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
判断正确和错误
How dare you say such a thing
How dare you to say such a thing
He daren’t to speak English before such a
crowd, did he
He daren’t speak English before such a crowd, dare he
Nobody need to be afraid of catching the disease.
Nobody need be afraid of catching the disease.
The room needs cleaning/to be cleaned.
The room need cleaning
作业
A类作业
1. I promised to get there before 5 o’clock, but now the rain is pouring down.
They ______ for me impatiently.
A. may wait B. ought to wait C. could wait D. must be waiting
2. She was very brave. Even though she’d hurt her leg, she ______ go back alone
A. could B. might C. have to D. was able to
3. I’ve tried several times, but the car just ______.
A. doesn’t start B. wouldn’t start C. won’t start D. didn’t start
4. Always the old lady ______ sit for hours doing nothing at all.
A. was used to B. would C. used to D. should
5. There used to be a small school, ______
A. was there B. wasn’t it C. usedn’t there D. usedn’t it
6. Haven’t I told you that you ______ have the answer tomorrow morning
A. will B. shall C. should D. would
7. I’m surprised that he ______ in the match.
A. should fail B. should have failed
C. would have failed D. may have failed
8. Sorry I’m late. I ______ have turned off the alarm clock and gone back to sleep again.
A. might B. should C. can D. will
9. －There were already five people in the car, but they managed to take me as well.
－It ______ a comfortable journey.
A. can’t B. shouldn’t be C. must have been D couldn’t have been
10. To be on the safe side, we should fill up the tank now, because we ______ run out of gas on the way.
A. can B. would C. might D. should
B类作业
We need a person badly to think up such an idea.
－______ the new comer have a try
A. Shall B. May C. Should D. Need
12.－How about paying a visit to Mr. Richardson, our former history teacher
－Good idea. I will e-mail him today so he ______ know ______ to expect us.
A. shall; why B. may; when C. would; why D. will; how
13.－I went to work on foot yesterday, though it ______ cats and dogs.
－You ______ by bus. It was likely to get a cold.
A. is raining; must have gone B. rained; would go
C. was raining; should have gone D. have rained; could have gone
14. Research findings show we spend about two hours dreaming every night, no matter what we ______ during the day.
A. should have done B. would have done
C. may have done D. must have done
15.－Is there any flight to Tokyo today
－I think there ______, for the weather is too bad.
A. mustn’t B. mightn’t be C. needn’t be D. can’t be
16－I didn’t know you were good friends.
－You ______. I have known her since she moved here. You were studying abroad then.
A. may have B. needn’t have C. couldn’t have D. must have
17. They must have finished the work by the end of last month, ______
A. mustn’t they B. haven’t they C. hadn’t they D. didn’t they
18. They must have finished the work, ______
A. mustn’t they B. haven’t they C. hadn’t they D. didn’t they
19.－Is there a fog in the evening
－There ______ be. I’ll make a phone call to find it out.
A. must B. would C. will D. might
20.－The door was open.
－It ______ open. I had locked it myself and the key was in my pocket.
A. can not be B. must not be C. can not have been D. must not have been
C类作业
Mum, I climbed to get the Teddy Bear from the top of the shelf.
－My goodness! You ______ yourself. You ______ do that next time.
A. must have hurt; mustn’t B. should have hurt; can’t
C. may have hurt; mustn’t D. might have hurt; won’t be able to
22.－Shall I go and buy more food and drinks for the party
－No, we have prepared a fridge of those. That ______ be quite enough.
A. can B. may C. might D. ought to
23. When he was there, he ______ go to that coffee shop at the street comer after work every day.
A. would B. should C. had better D. might
24.－I hear you have written a novel.
－Yes, the book ______ be out in a month or so.
A. can B. dare C. should D. need
25. Mike ______ come to see me I don’t want to go out in case he comes.
A. can B. must C. may D. will
26. It’s said that there are plenty of hotels in that town. There ______ be any difficult for you to find somewhere to stay.
A. wouldn’t B. mustn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
27. －Would you be here to attend the English party this evening
－Yes, we ______ .
A. shall B. would C. will D. must
28. I lived with my sister this summer and didn't have to pay rent. So I ______ save most of my salary.
A. could B. would C. was able to D. should
29.－Mary didn’t turn up last time, did she
－No. She ______ . We had changed our plan.
A. shouldn’t have come B. needn’t have to come
C. didn’t need to come D. needn’t have come
30. I ______ pay Tom a visit, but I am not sure whether I will have time this Sunday.
A. should B. might C. would D. could
31.－Who is the girl standing over there
－Well, if you ______ know her name is Mabel.
A. may B. can C. must D. shall
32. I was really anxious about you. You ______ home without a word.
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leaveUnit 1 Art
7th period Grammar
Subjunctive Mood
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
In the two reading passages, the Ss have learned some sentences using the subjunctive mood. So in this lesson, the teacher will get the Ss to understand this grammatical structure so as to
understand the readings better.
2.学情分析（analysis of students）
In the process of learning English, Ss have learned some sentences using the subjunctive mood. So
the teacher can use some common sentences to lead in.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Enable students to learn how to use the subjunctive mood.
b. Learn the features(特征) of the target sentence patterns
1) “If I did/were…, I would/should/could/might …”
2) “I wish that I were/did…”
能力目标(Ability aims)
a. Get the students to understand and sum up the grammatical points. Meanwhile try to master these rules.
b. Learn to use the target sentence patterns to talk about situations that are not true or not likely to become true at present.
情感目标(Emotion aims)
a. Get Ss to become interested in grammar learning.
b. Develop Ss’ sense of group cooperation.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
a. Help the students master two structures about the subjunctive mood.
b. Get the students to learn how to use the two structures about the subjunctive mood.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I: Greetings & Revision
Play a game: If I were…, I would…
Eg. If I were a rich man, I would make sure that all poor people had enough to eat.
If I were a wolf, I would never hunt for sheep.
If I were a superman, I would prevent the earthquake from happening.
…
Step II: Presentation
Task 1: Check the homework
Task 2: Present the usages of subjunctive mood.
宾语从句中的虚拟语气
用于wish后的宾语从句中
与现在事实相反: 动词过去式(be→were)
与过去事实相反: had+p.p. 或 would/could have done
表将来没有把握或不太可能实现的愿望: would/should/could/might + v.(原)
Eg. I wish I were as tall as you.
He wished he hadn’t said that.
I wish it would rain tomorrow.
Ex. How I wish I my mouth before I shouted at my mum!
shut B. have shut C. had shut D. would shut
key: C
表建议,命令,请求,愿望等主观意愿的动词后,谓语动词后用(should) + v.( 原)
一坚持: insist
二命令: order, command
三建议: suggest, propose, advise
五要求: require, request, demand, desire, ask
注意:当insist表坚持认为表suggest明示,暗示时,后面宾语从句不用虚拟语气
Eg. His pale face suggested that he was weak.
I suggest that you (should) study hard.
Ex. ①–My uncle suggest I abroad.
--I would rather you at home.
A. go; stay B. went; stayed C. go; stayed D. went; stay
key: C
②I suggested to my father that we to Dalian for a holiday this summer, but the expression on his face suggested that he to it.
go; shouldn’t agree C. would go; shouldn’t agree
go; didn’t agree D. would go; didn’t agree
key: B
would rather 后的虚拟
表现在或将来的愿望: 一般过去式
表过去的愿望: 过去完成时
Eg. I’d rather you paid the money yourself.
I’d rather she hadn’t done that.
6.知识结构（板书设计）
主板书
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
ABC层 Review the grammar points in this class.
ABC层: Single choice
(1). --Have you ever been to Beijing
--No, but I wish I ___.
A. have B. will C. do D. had
(2). I wish I ________ you yesterday.
A. saw B. did see C. had seen D. were to see
(3). His silence at the meeting suggested that he ________ to your plan.
A. didn’t agree B. hadn’t agreed C. wouldn’t agree D. not agree
(4). She made a suggestion that the plan ________ carefully.
A. be considered B. was considered C. should consider D. would be considered
(5). I wish that I ______ with you last night.
A. could have gone B. could go C. have gone D. went
(6). “Are you going to the ball tonight ” “It’s too late now. How I wish ____ about it earlier!”
A. I’ll know B. I’ve known C. I know D. I’d known
(7). The guard of the meeting insisted that everybody ____ the rules.
A. obeys B. obey C. will obey D. would obey
Keys: (1).D (2).C (3).A (4).A (5).A (6).D (7).B
宾语从句中的虚拟语气
用于wish后的宾语从句中
与现在事实相反: 动词过去式(be→were)
与过去事实相反: had+p.p. 或 would/could have done
表将来没有把握或不太可能实现的愿望: would/should/could/might + v.(原)
表建议,命令,请求,愿望等主观意愿的动词后,谓语动词后用(should) + v.( 原)
一坚持: insist
二命令: order, command
三建议: suggest, propose, advise
五要求: require, request, demand, desire, ask
注意:当insist表坚持认为表suggest明示,暗示时,后面宾语从句不用虚拟语气
would rather 后的虚拟
表现在或将来的愿望: 一般过去式
表过去的愿望: 过去完成时Unit 2 Healthy eating
GrammarⅠ
1.教材分析（Analysis of teaching material）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar:learn the use of ought to and review the use of may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should and must.Ss often feel modal verbs abstract and difficult,so it is necessary to make the lesson interesting and connect it with their daily life in order to let it easy to accept and understand.The teacher can ask the Ss to do the exercises,then summarize the use of modal verbs and let Ss make it clear how each modal verb is being used in the situation.
2.学情分析（Analysis of the students）
Ss will most probably be confused when learning this grammar. Because they even cannot get clear the first kind of Modal verbs. But they must learn it well.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get Ss to know more about modal verbs.
Let Ss learn the use of ought to .
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use Modal verbs correctly and properly according to the text .
情感目标（Emotional aims
Get the Ss to become interested in grammar learning
Develop the Ss spirits of cooperation and teamworks
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
Teaching important points:
Review and consolidate the use of modal verbs.
Teaching difficult points:
How to use these verbs correctly.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework
Make a dictation
Step 2 lead-in
Let the Ss work in pairs.one ask a question and the other answers it. Remind them to use modal verbs in their answer.
T:what should we do after school
S1:I have to go home at once .I need to take a bus ,I ought to do mt homework as soon as I get home.
T:Do you know what you have to do when you borrow books from library
Do you know what to do when your teeth ache
Do you know what to do if you need to meet someone you don't knw at the airport
Do you know what to do if you want to get a discount in a shpo
Do you know what to do if you meet the hostess in your friend's home
Step 3 Grammar learn
1.情态动词表示对过去事情的推测与过去事实相反的叙述时的形式的变化
形式 意义
Must have done 肯定已经干了某事
May/might have done 可能已经干了某事
Can't/couldn't have done 不可能已经干了某事
Should have done /ought to have done 应该做某事而未做
Shouldn't have done /Oughtn't to have done 不应该做某事却做了
Needn't have done 不需要做某事却做了
Could have done 本能做某事而未作
Eg:
You ought to have seen that movie. 你早就应该去看那不电影去了。
I oughtn't to have been there with her.我本不应该跟她去那儿。
You needn't have waited for me.你本来没有必要等我。
used to用法
表示过去习惯的动作和状态，现在已经不存在了，在间接引语种形式不发生变化。He told us he used to be a football player when he was young.
在疑问句，否定句，否定疑问句和强调句中，都有两种形式如sb used to /sb uesdn't to也可以用助动词did sb use... /sb didn't use to ...
C.used to 的反意疑问句或简略回答，也有两种形式。
She used to be very thin,didn't she /usedn't she
Step 4Grammar practice
1.意思的转换，要就使用情态动词
1)He has the ability to speak English well.
→He can speak English well.
2) You are allowed to go home now.
→You can go home now.
3) It is impossible to be true.
→That can’t be true.
4) Can you show me the way to Beihai Park Say it more politely.
→Could you please show me the way to Beihai Park
5) Their hunters are lost. Maybe they starve.
→They hunters are lost. They could starve.
6) Am I allowed to come in
→May I come in
7) Is it possible for him to give you some help
→He may give you some help
8）Don’t worry. I’d like to help you.
→Don’t worry. I will help you.
9) Often he used to dress up like a rich man.
→Often he would dress up like a rich man.
10) Do you want to join us for dinner
→Would you like to join us for dinner
11) I promise that you will have the ticket as soon as I get it.
→You shall have the ticket as soon as I get it.
12）You have the duty to arrive at the airport two hours before he goes.
→You should arrive at the airport two hours before he goes.
13) It is five o’clock. He is expected to turn up soon.
→It is five o’clock. He should turn up soon.
14）Wang Feng wins an award every year. He is sure to be strong.
→Wang Feng wins an award every year. He must be strong.
6.板书设计（Blackboard Design）
.情态动词表示对过去事情的推测与过去事实相反的叙述时的形式的变化形式意义Must have done 肯定已经干了某事May/might have done 可能已经干了某事Can't/couldn't have done 不可能已经干了某事Should have done /ought to have done应该做某事而未做Shouldn't have done /Oughtn't to have done不应该做某事却做了Needn't have done不需要做某事却做了Could have done本能做某事而未作used to用法表示过去习惯的动作和状态，现在已经不存在了，在间接引语种形式不发生变化。在疑问句，否定句，否定疑问句和强调句中，都有两种形式如sb used to /sb uesdn't to也可以用助动词did sb use... /sb didn't use to ...
7.问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
1.意思的转换，要就使用情态动词
1)He has the ability to speak English well.
2) You are allowed to go home now.
3) It is impossible to be true.
4) Can you show me the way to Beihai Park Say it more politely.
5) Their hunters are lost. Maybe they starve.
6) Am I allowed to come in
7) Is it possible for him to give you some help
8）Don’t worry. I’d like to help you.
9) Often he used to dress up like a rich man.
10) Do you want to join us for dinner
11) I promise that you will have the ticket as soon as I get it.
12）You have the duty to arrive at the airport two hours before he goes.
13) It is five o’clock. He is expected to turn up soon.
14）Wang Feng wins an award every year. He is sure to be strong.
作业
A类作业
1.I thought you（ ） like something to read,
so I have brought you some books.
A may B. might C. can D. must
2.You（ ） to the meeting this afternoon if
you have something important to do.
A. needn‘t to comeB. don’t need come C. don't need coming D. needn't come 3.He（ ）you more help, even though he was very busy.
might have given B. might give C. can have given D.may give
4.-（ ）I help you with some shoes,madam
-Yes, I would like to try on those brown ones.
A. Will B. Should C. May D. Must
5.The reason why they（ ）leave wasn’t explained to us.
A.had B. had to C. must D. might
6.I searched for my wallet and it wasn’t there. I thought I（ ）it at home.
A.left B. have left C.might have left D. can have left
7.I （ ）asleep because it took me a long time to realize that the telephone was ringing.
A could have fallen B. should have fallen C. must have fallen
D.mustn't have fallen
8.The only thing that really matters to the children is how soon they（ ）return to their school.
A.can B.must C. have to D.ought to
9.I want to go to the chemist's, but you（ ）go with me.
A.need not B.must not C.need D.must
10.What we get seems better than what we have.
A.can B.could C.can't D.couldn't
B类作业
11.-My goodness! I've just missed the train. -That's too bad. I am sure you（ ）it, if you had hurried.
A.could have caught B. had caught C. would catch D.could catch
12.Look! What you've done! You（ ）more careful.
A.may be B. had to C. should have been D. would be
13（ ）I repeat the question
A.Shall B.Will C.Do you want that D. Do
14.Professor Li,many students want to see you. （ ）they wait here or outside!
A.Do B.Will C.Shall D.Are
15.You（ ）read that book if you don‘t want to.
A.haven't B.can't C.mustn't D.needn't
C类作业
16.Johnny,you play with the knife;you（ )hurt yourself.
A.won‘t; can’t B.can‘t; shouldn’t C.shouldn't; must D.mustn't;may
17.It‘s nearly seven o’clock.Jack（ )be here
at any moment.
A.must B.need C.can D.should
18.─There were already 5 people in the car,
but they managed to take me as well.
─It（ )a comfortable journey.
A.can‘t be B.shouldn't be
C.couldn't have been D.mustn't have been
19.Tom ought not to（ )me your secret, but he meant no harm.
A.have told B.tell C.be telling D.having told
20.Everyone is here.（ )we start the meeting
A.Can B.Must C.Should D.Shall
答案：1--5 BDACB
6--10 ACAAC
11-15 ACDCC
16-20 BCCACUnit 2 Poems
2nd period Reading (I) A few Simple Forms of English Poems
1.教材分析（The analysis of teaching materials）
This Unit mainly focuses on poems.The aim is to let the Ss enjoy the beauty in poems. Therefore they need to know some basic knowledge in poetry, such as the forms of poems, the characteristics. With this basis, we can promote the Ss’ emotional development.
2.学情分析（The analysis of the students）
The Ss have read a lot of Chinese poems. This cultural foundation can make them understand “rhythm, rhyme” easily. On the other hand, the Ss need broadern their horizon in English poems. This lesson can give them a rough but systematic knowledge of English poems.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Important words and phrases:
Poem, poetry, recite, aspect, convey, nursery, rhyme, diamond, cottage, balloon, sparrow, tease, salty, endless, translate, nursery rhyme, take it easy, run out of, make up of
*能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the students to know more about the poems, including the reason why people write poems and the simple types of poems.
* 情感目标(Emotional aims)
Promote the Ss to enjoy the beauty in poems and try to use this technique to express themselves.
4.教学重点（Teaching important points）
Talk about five main types of poems.
Understand the main purpose of writing the poems.
5.教学难点（Teaching and difficult points）
Find the rhythm of each poem.
Chant the poem.
3. Understand the main purpose of writing the poem
6. 教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Warming up
Ask the Ss the following questions.
Have you prepared a favorite poem in Chinese or in English
(Ask one or two students to present their favorite poems emotionally.)
Why do people write poems
Do you know the characteristics of poems
Step 2 Fast reading
Ask the Ss to read the words aloud in this reading.
Ask the Ss to go through this passage and finish the following exercise.
① What does this passage mainly refer to
How to write Tang poems. B. How to teach poems.
C.Several forms of English poems D.The kind of Japanese poems
② What does poem H belong to
A. Tang poems B.Song poems C. Nursery rhymes D. Cinquain
③Which of the following can we find in poem A
A. Anger B. Sorrow C. Darkness D. Joy
④Which poems are made up of five line
A.Poems D and E B.Poems B and C C.Poems C and D D. Poems F and H
⑤How many syllables are there in Haiku
A. 5 B. 7 C. 17 D. 20
(Keys:CADAC)
Step 3 Detailed reading
Ask five Ss to read the text and try to fill in the following form.
Forms of Poems Characteristics
Nursery rhymes Concrete but 1._________ languageStrong 2.________ and a lot of repetitions Easy to learn and3._________.
List Poems A 4.______ line length Repeated phrases
Cinquain Easy to writeMade up of 5._____ lines6.____ ___ a strong picture in just a few words
Haiku A Japanese form of poetryMade up of 7.______ syllablesEasy to writeGiving a clear 8._______9.______ a special feeling in just a few words
Tang poems A lot of Tang poetry has been 10.____ into English
(Keys: 1.imaginative 2.rhythm 3.recite 4.flexible 5.five 6.conveying
7.17 8.picuture 9.Creating 10.translated)
Step 4 Reading for fun
Listen to the eight poems and try to enjoy them.
Poem A: Try to clap the beat and circle the strong rhythm.
Poem B&C: Find out the repeated phrases
Poem D—H: Translate them
Step 5 Summary
According to the functions of poems and contents of the form, summarize this lesson.
7.知识结构（板书设计）
8.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（questions）
①Do you know about some famous poets
②Do you have a favorite poem in Chinese or in English
③Do you know the characteristics of poems
2. 作业（homework）
C层: Copy the new words three times for each one and try to be familiar with the pronunciations.
AB层：Finish “单词拼写” on p89 on the leaflet.
① The source of the river lies in Tibet and its _____(支流) cover much of the country.
② We have turned this school into a ____(托儿所).
③ The murders all seem to follow a similar _____(模式).
④ Don’t get upset. I was only t_____.
⑤ The hours of waiting seemed e_____.
⑥ They lived in a c_______ in the countryside.
Unit2 Poems
A Few Simple Forms of English Poems
Characteristics
Nursery rhyme
Poet List Poems
Rhythm Cinquain
Rhyme Haiku
Tang Poems
Convey nursery rhymes concrete contradictory
Diamond flexible pattern cottage
Sparrow tease salty endless
Branch minimum translation transform
In particular eventuallyUnit 1 Festivals around the world
GrammarⅠ
1.教材分析（Analysis of teaching material）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar: Modal verbs such as may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should and must are used for many purposes.The teacher can ask the Ss to read the text Festivals and Celebrations carefully and learn the words and grammar from it.
2.学情分析（Analysis of the students）
Ss will most probably be confused when learning this grammar. Because they even cannot get clear the first kind of Modal verbs. But they must learn it well.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Let the Ss learn the usages of may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should , must and can't.
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use Modal verbs correctly and properly
情感目标（Emotional aims
Get the Ss to become interested in grammar learning
Develop the Ss spirits of cooperation and teamworks
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
Teaching important points:
The usage of may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should , must and can't.
Teaching difficult points:
How to use may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should , must and can't.
correctly.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Lead-in by a guessing game
Prepare some little gifts wrapped in paper and let students guess what the gifts are ,who will be given the gifts and answer why they guess to .tell Ss they can use such modal verbs as may , must ,can't ,and so on .
Eg:S1;It must be a toy ( speculation)
S2;It may be a book about how to learn English.(possibility)
S3;Can it be a pen (guessing)
T; Well done.today let's learn more about modal verbs.
Step 2 Grammar learning
reading and discovering
Ask the Ss to turn back to page 1to read through the passage FESTIVALS AND CELEBRATIONS,let the pick out the sentences using modal verbs and translate them into Chinese.(10 sentences)
S1;the most ancient festival would celebrate the end of cold weather ,planting in spring and harvest in autumn.
S2;some festivals are ....
S3;...
情态动词的主要特征
1情态动词除ought to和used to外，后面都接动词原形。
2情态动词没有人称，数的变化。
情态动词的使用口诀
情态动词二要点；动词原形跟后面，说话语气较委婉，can表能力may表许可，must责任或义务should应该would愿意have to被迫客观，否定may 时mustn't否定must为needn't祝愿句中只用may把握不大用might.
三．情态动词使用及区别
may 与might的用法
情态动词 用法 例句
may与might 表示允许、许可。否定答语一般要用mustn’t，表示“禁止、阻止”之意。 --- May I watch TV after supper --- Yes, you may. / No, you mustn’t.
在表示请求、允许时, might比 may的语气更委婉一些。在日常口语中，用can征询对方意见更为常见。 ---Might I use your telephone --- Yes, please.--- May / Can I go home now --- Yes, you may / can.
表示可能性的推测，含有“或许”“大概”“可能”之意，用might代替may时，则语气显得更加不肯定。 What he said may be true.She may come tomorrow.He might have some fever.
2. can与could的用法
情态动词 用法 例句
can与could 表示能力 Some of us can use the computer now, but we couldn’t last year.
表示客观的可能性 It will be sunny in the daytime, but it could rain later on this evening.
表示请求和允许 --- Can I go now --- Yes, you can.
表示请求,口语中常用could代替can,使语气更加婉转 Could you wait a few day for the money Could you please show me the way to the station
表示惊异、怀疑、不相信的态度（主要用于否定句、疑问句和惊叹句中） Can this news be true It can’t be the headmaster. He’s gone to Beijing.How can you be so foolish!
3. will与would的用法
情态动词 用法 例句
will与would 用于表示意志或意愿。Will指现在，would指过去 I will never do that again.They said that they would help us.
表示请求、建议等，用would比用 will委婉、客气些 Will you please take a message for me Would you please pass him the book
表示习惯性动作，译为“总是”“惯于”。Will指现在，would指过去 Fish will die without water.Every evening, she would sit by the window, deep in thought.
表示预料或猜想 It would be about ten when he left home. I thought he would have told you about that.
用于否定句中，表示“不肯”“不乐意” No matter what I said, he wouldn’t listen to me.
4.shall与should的用法
情态动词 用法 例句
shall 用于第一、第三人称疑问句中，表示说话人征求对方的意见 What shall we do next Shall I do the washing-up When shall my brother be able to leave hospital
用于第二、第三人称的陈述句中，表示说话人给对方的命令、警告、允诺或威胁 You shall go with me. ( 命令)You shall have a new dress for your birthday.（允诺）He shall be punished.（威胁）
should 表示劝告或建议，作“应该”讲 We should be strict with ourselves.You should keep your promise.
表示推测，作“可能”、“该”讲 The roads should be less crowded today. I should have finished reading it by Friday.
Why / how + should结构表示说话人对谋事不能理解、感到惊异等意思，译为“竟会” Why should you be so late today （你今天怎么来的这么晚？）I don’t know why you should think that I did it.（我真不明白你凭什么认为这件事是我干的。）
5. must, may (might) 和can表示“推测”的用法
情态动词 用法 例句
must 只能用于肯定句，表示可能性很大的一种推测，作“肯定”“一定”讲 (1)--- Look, someone is coming. Who can it be --- It may be the headmaster. ---It can’t be him. He has gone to Shanghai. --- Then it must be Mr Zhang. He looks like the headmaster.(2)--- What can they be talking about --- They may / must be talking about the question raised at the meeting.(3) --- Can they have finished the work --- Yes, they may / must have finished it. --- No, they can’t have finished the work so soon. --- Then they must have played so much.
May /might 用于肯定句中（可能，或许，大概）；用于否定句中（可能不）。表示可能性较小的一种推测
can 表示推测时，只用于否定句和疑问句中
Step 2 Grammar practice
turn to page 5,ask Ss to do Exercises2 in discovering useful structures.
Turn to page 43,ask Ss to do Exercise1 and Exercise2,check the answer after most of them finish.
Step3 consolidation
Ask the Ss to retell the modal verbs' using .
6.板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
情态动词的主要特征1情态动词除ought to和used to外，后面都接动词原形。2情态动词没有人称，数的变化。情态动词的使用口诀情态动词二要点；动词原形跟后面，说话语气较委婉，can表能力may表许可，must责任或义务should应该would愿意have to被迫客观，否定may时mustn't否定must为needn't祝愿句中只用may把握不大用might.
7.问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
Ask the Ss to turn back to page 1to read through the passage FESTIVALS AND CELEBRATIONS,let the pick out the sentences using modal verbs and translate them into Chinese.
作业
语法练习
A类作业
Write in simple English in order that everybody ______ understand you.
A. may B. must C. should D. will
You _______ miss the lecture, though you ______ have it.
A. mustn’t; needn’t B. needn’t; mustn’t C. mustn’t; mustn’t D. can’t; needn’t
--- Better not have the operation right now.
--- ________.
A. I mustn’t B. I shouldn’t C. I won’t D. I can’t
The train was ten minutes late, so I ______ have run all the way from my house to the station.
A. couldn’t B. shouldn’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t
I’m not going simply because I don’t see why I _______.
A. will B. would C. should D. shall
--- It must be Mr. Li who did it.
--- No, it _____ be Mr. Li.
A. mustn’t B. can’t C. wouldn’t D. may
--- It’s getting cloudier and cloudier.
--- Yes, I’m afraid it ______ be raining soon.
A. must B. should C. might D. can
I promised to get there before 5 o’clock, but now the rain is pouring down. They _____ for me impatiently.
A. mat wait B. ought to wait C. could wait D. must be waiting
--- ______ you make so much noise
--- Sorry, I’ll take care not to.
Must; B. Can C. May D. Would
B类作业
1.On Sundays when I was a child, Father and I _____ get up early and go fishing.
A. could B. would C. might D. should
2.I ______ have written to him because he phoned me shortly afterwards.
ought to B. must C. couldn’t D. needn’t
3.--- _____ the plane have taken off on time
--- I’m afraid not. The fog was too thick then.
A. Need B. Should C. Can D. Must
4.This looks like a different kind of stone. What _____ we do with it
A. will B. shall C. would D. do
5.He has much money at the beginning of every month, but by the end of it he _____ little left.
A. can have B. will have C. should have D. need have
6.How _______ you say that you really understand the whole story if you have finished only part of the article
A. must B. need C. may D. can
C类作业
用适当的情态动词填空：
There is 20 minutes left. We _______ (not) have to be in such a hurry.
Where is my watch I really can’t find it. Where _____ it be
The doctor told the old man that he ______ avoid eating fat.
It’s too late. I think he ______ go to bed.
______ you mind my troubling you with a few questions
(Keys: 1. needn’t 2. can 3. should 4. must 5. Would )
(Keys: 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. B 11. D 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. D )Unit 2 healthy eating
教材分析：
In this period ,the teaching activities will focus on writing.These activities offer students the opportunity to discuss what food they must eat to have a balanced diet and how much they should eat each day,to imagine they are planning to open a restaurant .then to write a passage to advertise their restaurant and its service.
学情分析：
Our students have difficulties in writing, the teacher should teach them make some sentences first. And then ask the Ss to practice how to write an article.
教学重点：
Develop students ' speaking and writing abilities
Let students learn how to make suggestions and how to give advice.
教学难点：
Let students discuss how to run their business and write an advertisement.
How to develop students' writing ability
三维目标:
知识目标
Get students to learn more about a balanced diet and healthy eating.
Let students know how to give suggestions and advice
能力目标
Train students' speaking ability by discussing healthy food and healthy eating and learning how to give suggestions and advice.
Develop students' writing ability by learning to write an advertisement
情感目标
Enrich students' knowledge of dieting culture and let them form the habit of balanced diet.
Train students' writing ability to cooperate with others.
教学过程（Teaching procedure)
Step 1 revision
Check the homework exercises
Ask the students to tell the story come and eat here
Step 2 Warming-up
Ask students in groups to discuss the following questions:
What food must we eat to have a balances diet
How much should you eat each day
Have some students report their ideas and share with the whole class.
Step 3 Speaking
Let students review the expressions of giving suggestions and advice.Show them on the blackboard and have students read them aloud. Make sure they understand them.
What should we do Shall we... How about...
You must/mustn't ... I think you ought to... Perhaps you should...
You'd better ... You need/needn't ... You have to/don't have to...
My advice is/would be... You might... I suggest that you...
I would strongly advise you to ... It might be a good idea to...
Suppose the situation:Imagine you are planning to open a restaurant which will provide the best local dishes in your area and a balanced diet .In groups discuss how to run the business.
Give them enough time for their discussion and giving each other suggestions and advice.
Ask as many students as possible to present their dialogues to the class.
Step 4 Writing
Ask students to write a short passage to advertise their restaurant and its service.
Give them the following hints to help.Show the following on the screen.
Your writing should :
explain what kind of food will be offered in your restaurant
Describe their ingredient,flavor,smell and appearance
Explain how they will provide a balanced diet
Explain why your restaurant will provide the best food in the area
Explain how customers will be served
Ask students to do their writing
Let some of them read their writing to the class.Others should give some comments.
Step 5 Writing Task
Ask students to turn to page 53 to read the directions and make sure they know what to do.
Students write an article describing what they think should be built on the land instead of a McDonald's restaurant ,introduce it fully in words and draw a plan .Remind them to be sure of the order of their article.
describe the new design
Draw a plan
Explain the advantages of their idea
知识结构（板书设计）
问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
课堂提问
1.What food must we eat to have a balances diet
2.How much should you eat each day
练习
句型仿写
她英语很好，翻译这篇文章毫不费力。
我不允许你和爸妈那样说话。（have sb.doing sth)
这些新书，我们原来以为是发给新生的。
作业A level
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Once the balance of nature ______, natural disasters are likely to strike in ways beyond imagination.
A. is ignored B. is broken C. is destroyed D . is ruined
2. The Chinese ______ is said to be a healthier one than ______, which contains too much fat.
A. food; the west B. diet; that of the west
C. food; that of the west D. diet; the western
3. _______ that your wife and children are complaining about you. You really have spent too much time on your work. You should _______ your time well between your work and your family.
A. No wonder; balance B. No doubt; keep
C. No problem; make D. No way; fix
4. You boys really _______ on the seats that were reserved for the old and the pregnant when you took the bus here.
A. not ought to have sat B. ought to have not sat
C. ought not to have sat D. ought not to sit
5. Fried foods are said to be junk foods but _______, many people, especially young children enjoy eating them a lot.
A. strange enough B. strangely enough
C. enough strangely D. enough strange
6. ________ is what most fat girls dream about.
A. Lose weight and stay slim B. Losing weight and staying slim
C. Losing weight as well as staying slim
D. To lose weight together with to stay slim
7. Driven by _______ what was kept in the box, the boy broke it with an ax when his father was not at home.
A. anxiety aboutB. curiosity about C. doubt of D. eagerness of
8. Health experts have already clarified what green vegetables are fit _______ and what are not.
A. to be eaten in raw B. to eat raw C. to be eaten raw D. to eat rawly
9. Remember never to lie to others; if you did, you would have to ______ more lies to cover the lies you have______ .
A. discover; told B. invent; told C. make up; said D. find out; spoken
10. Don’t take a chance to do violence to the law. If you did, you could never ________it.
A. get away from B. break away from C. do away with D. get away with
B level
11. In order to win back the customers, the owner of the restaurant decided to sell his food _______.
A. in a discount B. with discount C. at a discount D. for a discount
12. When reading, you needn’t have to ______ every time you meet an unknown word. Which of the following is NOT OK
A. look up a dictionary B. refer to a dictionary
C. consult a dictionary D. turn to a dictionary
13. Their company is said to be _______ and is to ______ protective measures must be taken to prevent our investment from going to waste.
A. in heavy debt; cut down B. heavily in debt; close down
C. heavily debted; put down D. heavy in debt; get down
14. The man caught ______ our defense works was tried and sentenced to 10 years in prison.
A. to have spied on B. spying on C. to be spying for D. spying with
15. Most smokers say they _______ smoking to some degree but health experts suggest that they had better give it up ______ their health.
A. benefit; for the benefit of B. benefit from; with the benefit of
C. receive goodness; in the benefit of
D. benefit from; for the benefit of
16. “ With more and more businesses closing down, it is hard to ______ nowadays.” she said with a sigh.
A. earn one’s living B. make a living
C. make a life D. earn one’s life
17. Putting on weight is much easier than ______; the most effective solution to solving weight problems is to have a balanced diet and do enough exercise.
A. lose it B. to lose it C. losing it D. to losing
18. There is no limit ______ learning so we had better limit our time for leisure _____ the smallest but sufficient amount
A. in; in B. to; to C. to; for D. of; to
19. If trees continue _______ at the present rate, it won’t be _______there is no trees for shade.
A. to cut down; long before B. being cut down; before long
C. to be cut down; long before D. cutting down; before long
20. ---What do you say if we combine our two businesses for more profit
---__________.
A. It can’t be better B. I don’t think so
C. I think it is not OK D. I can’t say anything
C level
21. If one wants to succeed in this society, it is very important and necessary that one ______his ______ and avoid one’s _______
A. develop; strengths; weaknesses B. develops; strengths; weaknesses
C. develop; strength; weakness D. develops; strength; weakness
22. When someone _______ at you, it means he is angry or unhappy about what you have said or done.
A. looks B. glance C. stare D. glare
23. Open your mouth and speak. Don’t be afraid _______in front of others; ______ you are only English beginners.
A. to lose face; after all B. of losing your face; at all
C. of losing face; after all D. to lose your face; above all
24. How can you have your son ______to me like this I am his mother and you are his father and it is your responsibility to make him behave himself.
A. to talk B. talked C. talking D. to be talking
25. Roasted food such as roasted chicken breast, roasted garlic, roasted carrot and so on ______ said to do more harm than _____ to one’s health.. One reason is that it is hard to digest.
A. is; well B. are; goodness C. is; good D. are; good
翻译：
Knowing English very well,she translate the article without any difficulty.
I won't have you saying like that to our parents.
These new books, we thought, would be given out to the newcomers.
单选：
1—25 BBACB CBBBA CABBD BCBCA ADCCC
Useful expressions for writing:
What should we do Shall we... How about...
You must/mustn't ... I think you ought to... Perhaps you should...
You'd better ... You need/needn't ... You have to/don't have to...
My advice is/would be... You might... I suggest that you...
I would strongly advise you to ... It might be a good idea to...Unit 2 Healthy Eating
Period 1 Warming up
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
Warming up is to tell Ss how different kinds of food are grouped. This is important as it enables us to talk about the value of particular foods to our health. We want Ss to appreciate what a balanced diet is. Too much fatty food means they will store extra energy in their bodies.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Of course Ss are familiar with the topic. Whatever the activity is, they can always say something. The relative words and expression are familiar to them. Also Ss are interested in how to eat healthy which is totally new to them.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get students to learn and grasp the important useful new words and expressions in this part: diet, nut, bean, pea, cucumber, eggplant, pepper, mushroom, peach, lemon, balance, barbecue, mutton, roast, fry, ought, bacon, slim, curiosity, hostess, raw, vinegar, lie, customer, discount, weakness, strength, balanced diet, ought to, lose weight, get away with, tell a lie, win. . . back
能力目标(Ability aims)
1. Get students to use some useful new words and expressions correctly.
2. Enable students to make sentences after the useful sentence patterns.
情感目标（Emotional aims
1. Stimulate students’ interest in learning English.
2. Develop students’ spirit of cooperation and teamwork.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
How to talk about the healthy eating
#Teaching difficult points:
How to offer and request the items you need in shops.
How to grasp the main idea of the text
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Leading in
1. Match the food with the festivals it is for
Moon cake Lantern Festival
Zongzi Spring Festival
Dumplings Thanksgiving Day
Yuanxiao Dragon Boat Festival
Chocolate Mid-autumn Festival
Turkey St Valentine’s Day
Pumpkin Halloween
2、diet日常饮食
What kind of food do we eat
meat
vegetable
seafood
fruit
snacks（零食小吃）
staple food (主食)
3、身体质量指数
Formula(公式):
weight (kg) =
[height (m)]
Underweight = <18.5
Normal weight = 18.5 ---24.9
Overweight = 25---29.9
(极度肥胖)Obesity = BMI of 30 or greater
Step2 Warming up
1、Functions of food
Why do we have to eat everyday
Satisfy hunger
Prevent diseases
Maintain life
Supply energy
Keep healthy
2、Can we benefit from all kinds of food
Unhealthy food:
Sweets Fried chicken Mutton kebab Potato crisp Chocolate Ice cream
Health food:
Lemon dumplings ham fish mushroom mutton bean cucumber
Step 3 Brainstorming
1、Food groups
Vegetables: carrot tomato pea cabbage mushroom cucumber bean corn
Sea food: lobster crab shell octopus(乌贼) oyster shrimp fish
Fruit: strawberry Kiwi fruit lemon grapes cherry watermelon
Snacks: sweets chocolate potato chips ice cream
Staple food: rice noodles dumplings cake pizza hamburger
2、What kinds of nutrients(营养物质) can they provide to human beings
Water
Sugar
Fat脂肪 A balanced diet
Fibre纤维
Protein蛋白质
Vitamin
3、Which food is rich in``````
Fibre & vitamin
protein
fat & sugar
Step 4 Speaking
Decide which food is junk food or healthy food and give reasons.
I think …is junk food because… I think … is healthy food because… (be rich in富含； be low in缺乏，含…量低)
Step 5 Classify the foods we usually eat in the following way:
foods to give you energy
foods to grow bones andmuscle
foods that give fibre for
digestion and health
板书设计：
What kind of food do we eat
Meat Vegetable seafood fruit snacks（零食小吃） staple food (主食)
Water
Sugar
Fat脂肪 A balanced diet
Fibre纤维
Protein蛋白质
Vitamin
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
1、What kind of food do we eat
2、Why do we have to eat everyday
3、Can we benefit from all kinds of food
4、What kinds of nutrients(营养物质) can they provide to human beings
5、Which food is rich in``````
作业
（A level）英译中
1. eat a healthy diet
2. in different ways
3. fast energy foods
4. slow energy foods
5. grow bones and muscle
6. body-building foods
7. protective foods
8. eat a balanced die
Keys：
1. 有健康的膳食
2. 以不同的方式
3. 快能量食物
4. 慢能量食物
5. 促进骨骼和肌肉的生长
6. 强身健体的食物
7. 防护食品
8. 有平衡的膳食
（B level）中译英
1. 到午饭时分
2. 应该
3. 匆匆走过
4. 跟着某人进入一家新开的餐馆
5. 在结尾
6. 厌倦
7. 走进去
8. 去掉
9. 生蔬菜
10. 感到很吃惊
11. 扔掉
12. 做…不受惩罚
13. 撒谎
14. 能够提供能量的食物
15. 赢回他的顾客
Keys：
1. by lunch time
2. ought to
3. hurry by
4. fallow sb. into a newly-opened restaurant
5. at the end of the street
6. be tired of
7. come inside
8. take… off…
9. raw vegetables
10. be amazed at
11. throw away
12. get away with
13. tell lies
14. energy-giving foods
15. win his customers back
（C level）中译英
1. … 的缺点
2. …的优点
3. 摆脱
4. 合适的量
5. 为年轻人设计的最新款的酷衣
6. 作些调查
7. 保持健康
8. 锻炼
9. 保持健康
10. 一天吃三餐
11. 喝含糖份饮料
12. 去体操房锻炼
13. 购物篮
Keys：
1. the weakness of
2. the strength of
3. get rid of
4. the proper amount of
5. the latest cool clothes designed for the young
6. do some research into
7. stay healthyUnit 1 Art
3th period Using language
教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
This reading task is designed to give students practicing in scanning a text for specific information. It is important that understand that the way we read depends on the purpose for which we are reading it.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
The students have learned the new words and expressions and the Reading<>.Consequently, they can get the basis knowledge and information on western painting .Meanwhile, the students are also master the development of western painting and each period's characteristics. In this reading task ,it tells the students some famous galleries in west country.
教学目标(Teaching aims)
Enable the students to know something about the art galleries
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Let the students to know something about the art galleries
能力目标(Ability aims)
Foster the students’ ability in skimming and looking up information in references books and improve the students’ reading ability.
情感目标(Emotion aims)
Develop the students sense of cooperative learning.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
a. Finish the exercises in post-reading by using the knowledge we have learned.
b. How to improve their writing.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Teaching procedure
Step1 Lead in
T: Imagine your class is going to Beijing Arts and Crafts Gallery, and you are the guide; tell them what they will see in the museum.
S1:……
S2:……
S3:……
Step2 Fast reading
Skim the text, and answer the following questions.
1. What’s the main idea of this passage
2. Where might you see such a passage
3. Who do you think the text was written for
Keys:
1. The passage introduces some best art galleries of Manhattan.
2. Possibly in a guide book.
3. Tourists and art gallery visitors.
Listen to the tape, and match the numbers on the map with the museums. （P6 in test book）
Step3 Careful reading
Read the passage more carefully and complete the chart on the blackboard.
name address Which centuries What countries
Whitney Museum of American Art 945 Madison Avenue(near 75th St.) Contemporary(mainly art by living artists) America
Museum of Modern Art 53th St. (between 5th and 6th Avenues) late 19th century to the 21st century Western countries
Metropolitan Museum of Art 5th Avenue & 82nd Street From ancient to modern times all over the world
Guggenheim Museum 5th Avenue & 88th Street Modern (from late 19th century onwards) Western countries
The Frick Collection 5th and Madison Avenues pre-twentieth century Western countries
Step4.Language points
preference
搭配：in preference to 优先于……
have a preference for 偏爱
give (a) preference to 给……以优惠
appeal
搭配：appeal to sb吸引某人
appeal to sb for sth为某事呼吁某人
appeal to sb to do sth呼吁某人干某人
appeal to the law(against sth)（因不服……而）诉诸法律
make an appeal to sb for sth 向某人提出呼吁
reputation
have a good/bad reputation有好/坏名声
live up to one’s reputation不负盛名
damage/ruin sb’s reputation有损/毁坏某人的名声
earn /establish/build a reputation 赢得/确立/树立声誉
more than不仅仅
more than+数词 多于，超过
more than+名词 不仅仅
more than+形容词/副词/动词 非常
more than+句子 超出……的能力范围
6.知识结构（板书设计)
1.preference
搭配：in preference to 优先于……
have a preference for 偏爱
give (a) preference to 给……以优惠
2.appeal
搭配：appeal to sb吸引某人
appeal to sb for sth为某事呼吁某人
appeal to sb to do sth呼吁某人干某人
appeal to the law(against sth)（因不服……而）诉诸法律
make an appeal to sb for sth 向某人提出呼吁
3.reputation
have a good/bad reputation有好/坏名声
live up to one’s reputation不负盛名
damage/ruin sb’s reputation有损/毁坏某人的名声
earn /establish/build a reputation 赢得/确立/树立声誉
4.more than不仅仅
more than+数词 多于，超过
more than+名词 不仅仅
more than+形容词/副词/动词 非常
more than+句子 超出……的能力范围
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1）课堂提问：
Skim the text, and answer the following questions.
1. What’s the main idea of this passage
2. Where might you see such a passage
3. Who do you think the text was written for
Keys:
1. The passage introduces some best art galleries of Manhattan.
2. Possibly in a guide book.
3. Tourists and art gallery visitors.
2）Homework
C层. Master the key words and expressions in this reading.
以下题目A和B层学生做
My father has never liked meat, but he always has a(n) _________ for fruit and vegetables.
A. interest B .preference C. enthusiasm D. devotion
-----How did you like Nick's performance last night
-----To be honest, his singing didn't _______ me much.
appeal to B. belong to C. refer to D. occur to
3. It took_____ building supplies to construct these energy-saving houses. It took brains, too
A. other than B. more than C .rather than D. less thanUnit 2 Poems
7th period Grammar
The Subjunctive Mood (2)
1.教材分析（the analysis of teaching materials）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar: the subjective mood (2). We have learned two kinds of subjective mood in unit 1. In this period we will continue to focus on another kind of subjective mood.
2.学情分析（the analysis of the students）
In the process of learning English, Ss have learned some sentences using the
subjunctive mood. So teacher can use some common sentences to lead in.
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Enable students to learn how to use the subjunctive mood.
b. To enable the students to use the subjective mood correctly and properly.
能力目标(Ability aims)
a. Get the students to understand and sum up the grammatical points. Meanwhile try to master these rules.
b. Learn to use the target sentence patterns to talk about situations that are not true or not likely to become true at present.
情感目标(Emotion aims)
a. Get Ss to become interested in grammar learning.
b. Develop Ss’ sense of comparing and summarizing.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
a. Help the students master two structures about the subjunctive mood.
b. Get the students to learn how to use the two structures about the subjunctive mood.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I: Greetings
Step II: Reviewing
When the verb “wish” is followed by an object clause, its predicate must be with the subjective mood. The past tense (were/did) is often used to express the situation contrary to the present, the past perfect tense (had+done) is often used to express the situation contrary to the past and “could/would+ v.” is often used to express the situation contrary to the future.
Eg: I wish I were as tall as you.
He wished he hadn’t said that.
I wish it would rain tomorrow.
Step III Discovering useful structure
虚拟语气在其他从句中的运用
1. as if/as though 引导的状语从句或表语从句，有时用虚拟语气。从句内容与现在事实相反，谓语动词用一般过去时，be 常用were; 从句内容与过去事实相反，谓语动词用“had+过分分词”；表示将来的可能性不大，用“would/might/could+动词原形”。
He treated the little girl as if she were his own daughter.
He talked as if he had known the secret.
It looks as if it might snow. (若表示确有某种可能，也可不用虚拟语气。 It looks as if our side is going to win.)
2. It is (high/about) time…句型中，其后的从句要用虚拟语气。从句谓语动词常用过去时，也可用“shoud+动词原形”，shoud 不能省略。
It’s time that we had a meeting to talk about the problem.
It’s time that he went to bed, but he is still watching TV.
3. 在if only 引导的感叹句中也要求用虚拟语气，表示愿望。用一般过去时或“would/could+动词原形”表示与现在或未来事实相反的愿望；用过去完成时表示与过去事实相反的愿望，常译为“要是….就好了”。
If only I were a flying bird!
If only I had seen the film!
Step IV playing a game
1. Get Ss to form groups of 6.
2. Let Ss play the game “We would have won the championship if we …”
Step V practices and homework
6.知识结构（板书设计）
1. as if/as though 引导的状语从句或表语从句，有时用虚拟语气。从句内容与现在事实相反，谓语动词用一般过去时，be 常用were; 从句内容与过去事实相反，谓语动词用“had+过分分词”；表示将来的可能性不大，用“would/might/could+动词原形”。 2. It is (high/about) time…句型中，其后的从句要用虚拟语气。从句谓语动词常用过去时，也可用“shoud+动词原形”，shoud 不能省略。 3. 在if only 引导的感叹句中也要求用虚拟语气，表示愿望。用一般过去时或“would/could+动词原形”表示与现在或未来事实相反的愿望；用过去完成时表示与过去事实相反的愿望，常译为“要是….就好了”。 Reviewing: I wish I were as tall as you. He wished he hadn’t said that. I wish it would rain tomorrow.
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1. ABC层 Review the grammar points in this class.
ABC层:用动词的适当形式填空
She looked as if she __________(make) of ice.
He speaks to us as if he __________(be) there.
Without your help, we would not __________(make) such rapid progress.
If only I __________(arrive) in time!
I wasn’t there. Otherwise I would )__________ (trap) in the fire, too.
Keys: 1.were made. 2. had been 3. have made 4. had arrived 5. have been trappedUnit 1 Art
10th period Unit Test
1.教材分析（The analysis of teaching materials）
This is the last teaching period of this unit, so the emphasis should be placed on going over and summarizing what has been learned in this unit. There are many ways can be provided to Ss, however, the best way is practice. So in this period, the teacher can provide more practice to consolidate what Ss have learned in this unit.
2.学情分析（The analysis of the students）
Most of our Ss are afraid of reading, especially the close test and reading comprehension and writing. In order to make our Ss to master the ways to do these parts, more exercises are needed.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
1. Get Ss to go over the useful new words, expressions and the new grammar in this unit by reading
*能力目标(Ability aims)
1. Develop Ss’ ability to use the important language points in this unit.
2. Develop Ss’ reading ability
*情感目标(Emotion aims)
1. Encourage Ss to learn more about first aid.
2. Strengthen Ss’ sense of self-protection.
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
1. Get Ss to review and consolidate what they have learned in this unit.
2. Develop Ss’ ability to solve problem
3. How to do the close test and the reading comprehension
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1: Review & Cloz 15’
①Check the answers &Correct the mistakes
②Tips for doing this Cloz:
上下文联系 ：
语言点: 定语从句took him to some of the school of art that he himself 24 (taught at)
in +材料 either…or invent& found spread in the 1950’s
Step 2: Reading Comprehension 10’
①Check the answers
②Instruct the difficult points in Reading A&B
Reading A---抓结论 重难点（42 推断题 43 划线句子理解）
Reading B---理解中心 重难点 （60划线句子理解）
Step 3: Proof-Reading 5’
①Ask one student to summarize the main idea of this reading.
②List out the common mistakes and pay attention to the following ones:
many+n.(c) much+n.(u) each of +n.
Step 4: Exercise 10’
Ask the Ss to do Reading D on p108 （新坐标活页卷）&check the answers.
Step5: Homework
Pronounce the key words in unit2
6.知识结构（板书设计）
in +材料 many+n.(c) 完型：上下文多联系either…or much+n.(u) 阅读：研究性抓结论invent& found each +of.+n. 故事性抓中心spread in the 1950’s
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（Questions）
1) How can you know the answer
2) what is the key sentence of this passage or paragraph？
3) How can we translate this sentence
2.练习和作业（Practice and homework）
完形填空(AB C层全做)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
The name of the 21 artist Picasso is very famous in the West. Today Picasso 22 “art”. Picasso started off with various styles of painting until he invented Cubism(立体派).
Picasso ‘s father was also a painter, a professor of Art at the local school of fine arts(美术).He taught his son how to draw figures and how to paint 23 oils and took him to some of the school of art that he himself 24 .Although he was Spanish , Picasso spent much of his life in Pairs and never took part in 25 the Spanish Civil War, World War I or World War II.
Picasso’s 26 life was very unconventional(非传统的). He had four children 27 three different women, two wives and many lovers. In 1961, however, he married and stayed with Jacqueline Roque 28 the end of his life in 1973.
Picasso produced paintings of acrobats (杂技演员) at the beginning of his 29 and moved into different style when he started painting pictures of artists. 30 he developed his works into the famous style which was known as “Cubism”. He also created 31 and wrote poetry.
Picasso produced 32 paintings than anyone else ever has: 13500 paintings, 100000 prints and 34000 book illustrations. He worked in many different mediums(手段) ：oils ,watercolors, charcoal, and pencil. His painting in the Cubist style started a new movement in art in the 33 20th century. Picasso 34 this style of painting with a colleague, Georges Braque in 1909. They painted objects by 35 them into small pieces and then viewed and painted them from several angles at once. 36 used brown colors for the paintings.
The Cubism Movement started with Picasso and Braque in Montmartre , Paris , and 37 rapidly among the artists. It began to develop into a second phase(阶段), in which artists added 38
objects to the painting in various materials, such as cloth or newspapers. In 39 1950’s Picasso ‘s works went through more changes when he started to look at the grand masters of art, like Velasquez.
In his 80’s and 90’s he began to paint a mixture of many styles that he kept changing. Only after his death 40 fully appreciate his great achievements and in 1999 one of his paintings sold for US $ 51 million.
21.A. French B. English C. Spanish D. German
22.A.is B.means C. learns D. makes
23.A.with B.on C.from D.in
24.A.teach B.taught C. teaching D. taught at
25. A.among B.either C.between D.beyond
26.A.real B.old C.public D.private
27.A.by B. in C. on D. about
28.A.until B.at C.as D.to
29.A.life B.career C.paintings D.school
30.A.Accidentally B.Frankly C.Eventually D.Fortunatelly
31.A.sculptures B.telephones C.pictures D. poems
32.A.fewer B.scores of C.a great deal D.more
33. A.late B.modern C.early D.difficult
34. A.found B.invented C.searched D.protected
35. A.seperating B.cutting off C.throwing D.dividing
36. A.He B.It C.They D.We
37. A.speeded B.went through C.spread D.wide
38. A.the same B.different C.special D.extra
39. A.these B.those C.the D.some
40. A.he did B.people would C.did people D. did he
阅读理解
第一节：阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
(ABC层全做)
A
Scientists at the Medical Research Council found that elderly people who could still give a firm handshake and walk at a brisk（敏锐的，灵活的） pace were likely to outlive（活得长） their slower peers.
They found simple measures of physical capability like shaking hands, walking, getting up from a chair and balancing on one leg were related to life span, even after accounting for age, sex and body size. The study is the first to provide a comprehensive view of the existing research by pooling data from 33 studies.
"These measures have been used in population-based research for quite a long time," said Rachel Cooper of the Medical Research Council's Unit for Lifelong Health and Aging. "They may be useful indicators for subsequent（后来的） health."
Cooper, whose study appears in the British Medical Journal, said more studies are needed to clarify whether the measures would be helpful to doctors as a screening tool. "I wouldn't suggest that we roll them out into clinical practice tomorrow, but it is possible that they could be used in the future," she told Reuters Health.
The researchers examined 33 studies involving tens of thousands of people, most of whom were aged over 60 but living in the community rather than in hospital or care homes.
Of 14 studies dealing with grip strength, the researchers found that those with the strongest hand grasps tended to live longer than those with limp（柔软的，无力的） grips.
The death rate over the period of the studies for people with weak handshakes was 67 percent higher than for people with a firm grip.The slowest walkers were nearly three times more likely to die during the study period than swifter walkers.The people who were slowest to get up from a chair had about double the mortality rate compared to the quick risers.
"Those people in the general population who have higher physical capability levels are likely to live longer," Cooper said.
41. The purpose of the passage is to ______.
A. tell us a funny story. B. warn us to do more exercise
C. teach us how to keep fit D. inform us of a scientific study
42. According to the study mentioned in the passage, all of the following statements are true Except ________.
A. shaking hands has something to do with lifespan.
B. we need more studies before it is used in clinical practice
C. people with limp grips will surely live shorter than those with stronger grasps.
D. those who have higher physical capability levels will probably live longer.
43.By saying the underlined sentence in the fourth paragraph, Copper means_______.
A. she wants the doctors to use her study right now.
B. her research is of great value to doctors at present.
C. her study will be of much use in medicine one day.
D.she doesn’t know whether doctors will use her study .
44.We learn from the passage that_____.
A. the faster one walks, the longer he will live.
B. the stronger hands one has, the longer he will live.
C. the swift walkers may die earlier than the slower ones.
D. physical capability levels is an important factor to assess one’s health.
B
Hsieh．a never--say--die young man，has mastered the technique of painting by holding the paintbrush in his mouth．When he was sixteen，Hsieh had a terrible electrical accident．
Both of his arms and the lower part of his right leg were cut off．He also lost sight in his right eye．But Hsieh didn’ t lose heart．He decided to learn art，and took the first difficult step toward changing his life．
“At first．I tried to hold a pen in my mouth．But I couldn’ t control it，”Hsieh said，“Finally，after trying over and over again，I learned to write my own name．”
Learning to paint was even more difficult．At first，every brushstroke he made caused deep cuts in his mouth．It was extremely painful．But Hsieh didn’ t let the pain discourage him．“instead，I held the paintbrush even tighter，”Hsieh explained in a firm voice．“I knew if I gave up．it would not only be the end of my painting，hut also the end of my struggle for a better life．”No matter what the obstacle(障碍)is，Hsieh always manages to find the bright side of the situation．
Hsieh works hard to inspire others．He is a tireless lecturer，giving about four hundred formal speeches a year! “If a person like me can lead a happy life，”Hsieh explained，“why would regular people feel unhappy It doesn’t always take two arms to achieve your dreams．A11 it lakes is a warm heart．”
45．What happened to Hsieh when he was young
A．He was struck by electricity． B．His left leg was hurt．
C．He lost heart because of failure． D．He was ill for two months．
46．Which of the following is right
A. Hsich once got the help from the government.
B. Only such a person like Hsiech can succeed.
C. He touched himself before he began to paint.
D. It doesn’t always take two arms to realize one’s dream.
47. Which is the BEST title for the passage
A. How to Learn Painting B. A Painter Without Hands
C. A Young Man Who was Hurt D. How to Make Oneself Well-known
48. What does the sentence “It doesn’t always take two arms to achieve your dreams” mean
A. Only one arm can achieve one’s goal. B. A light heart lives long.
C. Disabled people can also succeed. D. Dream can be turned into reality.
短文改错(ABC层全做)
文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加，删除或修改。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
I was only about six that he held his hand out to me. I took it in me and we walked .Then I ask him, “Grandpa, how come you have so much lines on your hand ” He laughed and said, “Well, that’s big question!” He was silent for a moment. So he answered slowly, “Each these lines stands for a trouble in my life.” I looked at his other hands. “But Grandpa ,what do you have more lines on that one ” “Because there are more the honors and joys in my life.”
Keys:
Cloz 21-25 CBDDB 26-30 DAABC 31-35 ADCBD 36-40 CCDCC
Reading A: DCCD Reading B: ADBC
I was only about six that he held his hand out to me. I took it in me and we walked .Then I ask
when mine asked
him, “Grandpa, how come you have so much lines on your hand ” He laughed and said, “Well,
many
that’s big question!” He was silent for a moment. So he answered slowly, “Each these lines stands
a Then/And of
for a trouble in my life.” I looked at his other hands. “But Grandpa ,what do you have more lines
hand why
on that one ” “Because there are more the honors and joys in my life.”Unit 1 Festivals around the world
Period 10 writing
教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
In this period,teaching activities will focus on writing,which belong to knowledge extension of this unit.Especially ,the writing offers students the opportunity to remind the Spring festival .
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
After learning, Ss may have a general impression of the festivals. Writing is a higher stage of language learning,Ss can use the new words and expressions of this unit ,complete a qualified composition.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get students to learn more about festivals.
Let students know how to write a composition
能力目标(Ability aims)
Develop students' writing ability to describe the festivals
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Stimulate student's love of national culture and customs.
教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
Develop students' writing abilities.
Let students discuss important reason to have festivals
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Revision
Check the homework exercises.
Ask students to translate the following sentences.
最富有生气而又最重要的节日，就是告别当天、迎来春天的日子。
中国人过春节要吃饺子、鱼和肉，还要给孩子们送红纸包着的压岁钱。
节日让我们享受生活，让我们为自己的习俗而自豪，还可以暂时忘掉工作中的烦恼。
Step II Warming up
T:In this unit ,we have learnt some festivals around the world,including China's Spring festival.We know Chinese people celebrate their traditional festival in different ways,can you tell us how you or your family celebrate
Ss: ...
Ss: ...
Step III Useful words and expressions
T:Ok,I believe all of you have a wonderful Spring festival ,here I list some useful words and expressions on the blackboard,later we can use these words and expressions to discuss Spring festival.
春节 The Spring Festival 农历 lunar calendar
除夕 New Year‘s Eve; eve of lunar New Year
元宵节 The Lantern Festival
春联 Spring Festival couplets 剪纸 paper-cuts
年画 New Year paintings 敬酒 propose a toast
灯笼 lantern: 烟花 fireworks爆竹 firecrackers
红包 red packets ;压岁钱 lucky money
舞狮 lion dance 舞龙 dragon dance
戏曲 traditional opera 杂耍 variety show; vaudeville
灯谜 riddles written on lanterns 灯会 exhibit of lanterns
守岁 staying-up late 年夜饭 New year Eve Feast
拜年 give New Year‘s greetings; New Year‘s visit
祭祖宗 offer sacrifices to one‘s ancestors
年糕 Nian-gao; rise cake; New Year cake
饺子 Jiao-zi; Chinese meat ravioli 八宝饭 eight treasures rice puddin
汤圆 Tang-yuan; 糖果盘 candy tray: 什锦糖 assorted candies - sweet and fortune
西瓜子 red melon seed
Step IV Discussion
T:Now we need to translate the following sentences.You can discuss with your partner .
春节是中国的传统节日之一，它也是中国最重要的节日。
The Spring Festival is one of the Chinese traditional festivals.It's also the most important festival of China.
在中国，人们以多种形式庆祝春节，如：放烟花、炮竹，吃团圆饭等；
The Chinese celebrate the Spring Festival in many different ways__setting off fireworks or firecrackers,getting together for a big meal and so on.
春节时，家家户户吃饺子，以及给小孩压岁钱是中国人的习俗；
It's customs for the Chinese families to have dumplings and give children lucky money.
人们见面时，相互拜年，祝福大家在新的一年里有好运气。
People usually greet to each other in order to wish others good luck in the coming year.
Step V Writing
T:There are 10 minutes left,we need to have a try.everybody must write down your words in your exercise book.I provide a writing sample for you.
Spring Festival is the most important traditional holiday in China. It usually lasts for 15 days.Days before the festival, people clean their houses. They think cleaning sweeps any bad luck. They decorate their houses with paper cuts. On the eve of the festival, family members get together and have big meals. Then they watch the Spring Festival Gala on TV. At midnight, they set off fireworks to welcome the new year. During the festival, kids get lucky money from old people. People visit their relatives and friends. They wish each a happy year and good luck. How happy we are.
板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
Writing Useful words and expressions:春节 The Spring Festival 农历 lunar calendar
除夕 New Year‘s Eve; eve of lunar New Year
元宵节 The Lantern Festival
春联 Spring Festival couplets 剪纸 paper-cuts
守岁 staying-up late 年夜饭 New year Eve Feast拜年 give New Year‘s greetings; New Year‘s visit...在中国，人们以多种形式庆祝春节，如：放烟花、炮竹，吃团圆饭等；setting off fireworks or firecrackers,getting together for a big meal and so on.春节时，家家户户吃饺子，以及给小孩压岁钱是中国人的习俗；It's customs for the Chinese families to have dumplings and give children lucky money.人们见面时，相互拜年，祝福大家在新的一年里有好运气。People usually greet to each other in order to wish others good luck in the coming year.
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问：
1. Do you know any saying about Festivals
2. Discuss the custom in your hometown during Spring Festival.
练习：每空填一词，使上下两句的意思相同或接近
1．The Dragon Boat Festival is celebrated as a way to remember Qu Yuan.
The Dragon Boat Festival is celebrated ________ ________ ________ Qu Yuan.
2．Obviously, he was waiting for my coming.
________ ________ ________ that he was waiting for me to come.
3．I made an apology to him because I broke his bicycle.
I ________ to him ________ breaking his bicycle.
4．They made a tree into a boat.
They made a boat ________ ________ a tree.
5．May I have your permission to open the door
Would you ________ me ________ open the door
作业：
A level :
翻译句子
很明显，他对你撒了谎。
你必须为打破了他的眼镜向他道歉
B level :
根据汉语提示及所给单词完成句子
You______(没有必要告诉他），for I had told him about it earlier. (need)
We ______(本该买）a new lock for the front door. (should)
I didn't hear the bell ring.I_____(肯定睡着了）。（asleep)
C level :短语翻译
聚餐 2.和某人玩的开心 3.享受生活 4.用......装饰 5.在这个重要的节日里
为我们的习俗感到骄傲 7.燃放鞭炮 8年夜饭 9.拜年 10 传统节日
Keys :
练习: 1.in memory of 2.It was obvious 3.apologized; for
4．out of 5.permit; to
作业：
A.1It's obvious that he lies to you.
2.You must apologize to him for breaking his glasses.
B.1.needn't have told him 2.should have bought 3.must have been asleep
C.1.get together to have meals 2.have fun with sb 3.enjoy life 4.decorate...with 5.on this important feast day 6.be proud of our customs
7.setting of firecrackers 8 New year Eve Feast 9.give New Year‘s greetings10.traditional festivalsUnit 1 Festivals around the world
Period 2 ReadingⅠ
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
Reading is a key part of the unit. The reading passage titled FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD briefly describes the earliest kinds of festivals with the reasons for them, and then four different kinds of festivals that occur in most parts of the world.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
After warming up, Ss may have a general impression of the festivals. The passage is told as an introduction which is not difficult to understand. And the teacher will deal with any language problems while Ss are reading.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Words and expressions：
Beauty harvest celebration starve origin religious ancestor Mexico feast bone belief trick poet arrival gain independence gather agriculture award rooster admire energetic Easter clothing Christian custom worldwide
b. Sentences：
They lit fires and made music because they thought these festivals would bring a year of plenty. P1
They might include parades, dancing in the streets day and night, loud music and colorful clothing of all kinds. P2
Some festivals are held to honor the dead, or satisfy and please the ancestor, who could return either to help or to do harm. P2
On this important feast day, people might eat food in the shape of skulls, and cakes with "bones" on them. P2
Another is Columbus Day in the USA, in memory of the arrival of Christopher Columbus in America. P2
能力目标(Ability aims)
To enable the students to know the earliest festivals with reasons for them and four different kinds of festivals that occur in most parts of the world.
Enable the students to master some English expressions and phrases about festivals.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Get the Ss to learn more information about festivals around the world
Get the Ss to develop their ethnical emotion.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
Talk about all kinds of festivals.
Improve the Ss’ reading ability
#Teaching difficult points:
How to express their own opinions and ideas
How to grasp the main idea of the text
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Revision
1. Greetings.
2. Review the new words of this part.
3. Check the students’ homework---festivals.
Step 2 Pre-reading
1. What festivals or celebrations do you have in your city or town What part of a festival do you like best- the activities, the music, the sights, the food or the people who visit
2. Prediction
Look at the pictures and title of the passage below. What kind of information you think will be introduced in the passage.
Step3 Learn the new words in the text:
starve: 饥饿 origin: 起源 ancestor: 祖先 Obon: 盂兰盆节(日本)
grave: 坟墓；墓地 incense: 熏香 in memory of: 纪念 feast: 节日；盛宴
skull: 头骨 dress up: 打扮；盛装 play a trick on: 搞恶作剧 award: 奖品
rooster: 公鸡 energetic: 充满活力的 carnival: 狂欢节 parade: 游行
Step4 Skimming
What festivals are mentioned in each paragraph
P1.
celebrate the end of the cold weather, planting in spring and harvest in autumn; celebrate when hunters catch animals.
P 2. Festivals of the Dead
Japan -----Obon
Mexico------Day of the Dead
America------Halloween
P 3. Festivals to Honour People
Dragon Boat Festival
Columbus Day
(India)October 2
P 4. Harvest Festivals
Harvest and Thanksgiving Festival
Mid-Autumn festival
P 5.
Spring festival
Carnival
Easter
Cheery Blossom Festival
Step5 Detailed reading
Para1
1.When did ancient people celebrate
the end of cold weather, planting in spring,
harvest in autumn;
when hunter caught animals for food;
when they had enough food;
when they wanted a year of plenty
2. Why music and fires are used in festivals
Because they thought these festivals would bring
a year of plenty.
Para2
1. What are festivals of the dead for
to honor our ancestors;
to make our ancestor happy so don’t harm us;
2. What do people do in Japan during Obon
People should go to clean the graves and light incense
in memory of their ancestor.
They also light lamps and play music.
3. What do Mexico people eat
Eat food in shape of skulls and cakes with “bones”
on them.
4. What can you see in the second picture
Which festival does it belong to
a pumpkin lantern;
Halloween
Para3
1. Which festivals or celebration do you know
honor famous people or important thing？
Dragon Boat Festival; Columbus Day;
an international festival in Indian on October 2.
2. Why does Indian have a national festival
on October 2
To honor Ganhdi who helped gain Indian’s
independence from Britain.
Para4
1. Why are autumn festivals happy events
People are grateful for the harvest;
for the end of the agriculture work.
2. How European celebrate this festival
decorate churches and town halls with flower
and fruits; people get together to have meals.
Para5
1. Which festivals are happened in spring
Spring Festival;Carnival; Easter; Cherry Blossom
2. Name three things people do at Spring Festival.
people eat dumpling, fish, meat;
give children lucky money; dragon dances;
visit family members
3. What kind of festival Easter is
an important religious and social festival
in Christian countries.
4. What does Japan look like when it is Cherry
Blossom Festival
It looks as though it might be covered with pink snow.
Step 6 True or False
1. The ancient people needn’ t worry about their food.
2. Halloween used to be a festival intended to honor the dead.
3. Qu Yuan was a great poet who people honor a lot in China.
4. Mid-autumn Festival is held to celebrate the end of autumn.
5. Easter celebrates the birth of Jesus.
FTTFF
板书设计：
starve: 饥饿 origin: 起源 ancestor: 祖先 Obon: 盂兰盆节(日本)
grave: 坟墓；墓地 incense: 熏香 in memory of: 纪念 feast: 节日；盛宴
skull: 头骨 dress up: 打扮；盛装 play a trick on: 搞恶作剧 award: 奖品
rooster: 公鸡 energetic: 充满活力的 carnival: 狂欢节 parade: 游行
P1.
celebrate the end of the cold weather, planting in spring and harvest in autumn; celebrate when hunters catch animals.
P 2. Festivals of the Dead
Japan -----Obon
Mexico------Day of the Dead
America------Halloween
P 3. Festivals to Honour People
Dragon Boat Festival
Columbus Day
(India)October 2
P 4. Harvest Festivals
Harvest and Thanksgiving Festival
Mid-Autumn festival
P 5.
Spring festival
Carnival
Easter
Cheery Blossom Festival
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
1. What’s the main idea of the passage
2. What’s the topic sentence of each para.
3. How did the white people stop the black people from being treated fairly
4. Why did Elias support Mandela
5. Why did he support violence when he did not agree with it
作业
完成句子(A level)
⑴ 根据中文意思完成句子
1. _________ _________your company is large, it can still _________ _________ trouble by growing too quickly.
即使你们公司很庞大，如果发展太快也会陷入困境的。
2. He quickly _______ ________ to work because he has a ________ ________ working with other people.
他很快就安定下来专心工作了，因为他很擅长与人合作。
3. It is _________ that he was trying to ________ ________ ________.
显然，他在尽力屏住气息。
4. He gradually ______ ______ _______ of this method of research after many years’ practice.
通过多年的实践，他逐渐掌握了这种研究方法。
5. We should be _______ and get ______ of the habit of _________ _________.
我们要诚实待人，坚决去掉说谎的习惯。
6. We should find some ways to ________ the _______ gas _______ _________.
我们应该想办法防止有害气体的蔓延。
7. Can you ________ ________ the total number __________ ten minutes
你能在十分钟之内计算出总数吗？
8. I saw the old lady ________ _________ the boy who had broken her window.
我看见那个老奶奶怒视着打破她家玻璃的小男孩。
9. I’d _________ stay at home __________ go out at the moment.
我宁愿呆在家里也不愿这个时候出去。
⑵ 同义句转换(B level)
1.She owes me a lot of money.
She is____________________.
2.Most people in Canada live at the edge of the USA.
Most people in Canada live ____________________ of the USA.
3. He is said to have gone abroad.
___________________ he has gone abroad.
4.He was born in a poor family, so he had to support himself by doing part-time job when he was very young.
He was born in a poor family, so he had to _________________by doing part-time job when he was very young.
⑶ 用英语解释下列的句子，特别注意划线部分(C level)
1. He eats like a wolf.
2. Li Fang was not going to hold his breath for Hu Jin to apologize.
Keys
完成句子
1. Even if /though ; get into
2. settled down; gift for
3. obvious; hold his breath
4. got/gets the hang
5. honest; rid ;telling lies
6. prevent; harmful’ from spreading
7. figure out
8. glaring at
9. rather; than
同义句转换
1. in the debt to me / in my debt
2. on the border
3. It is said that
4. make / earn his living
解释句子
1. He eats greedily and quickly.
2. Li Fang was not going to wait without much hope.Unit 2 Poems
10th period Unit Test
1.教材分析（The analysis of teaching materials）
This is the last teaching period of this unit, so the emphasis should be placed on going over and summarizing what has been learned in this unit. There are many ways can be provided to Ss, however, the best way is practice. So in this period, the teacher can provide more practice to consolidate what Ss have learned in this unit.
2.学情分析（The analysis of the students）
Most of our Ss are afraid of reading, especially the close test and reading comprehension and writing. In order to make our Ss to master the ways to do these parts, more exercises are needed.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
1. Get Ss to go over the useful new words, expressions and the new grammar in this unit by reading.
2. Instruct the Ss some strategies in doing cloze& Reading passages.
*能力目标(Ability aims)
1. Develop Ss’ ability to use the important language points in this unit.
2. Develop Ss’ reading ability
*情感目标(Emotion aims)
1. Encourage Ss to learn more about poems.
2. Strengthen Ss’ sense of achievement in doing exercise.
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
1. Get Ss to review and consolidate what they have learned in this unit.
2. Develop Ss’ ability to solve problem
3. How to do the cloze test and reading comprehension
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1: Review & Cloze
①Check the answers &Correct the mistakes
②Tips for doing this Cloze:
找中心句
上下文联系 ：23 27 28 29 30 34
语言点: have fun with words / 辨析 every day /everyday/some time/ sometime
a sense of achievement/ 辨析 also/ too/either/ yet
Step 2: Reading Comprehension
①Check the answers
②Instruct the difficult points in Reading A&B
Reading A---文章结构 重难点 （50&51 细节理解题）
Reading B---结合人物背景理解诗歌 重难点 （57推理判断题 58细节理解题）
Step 3: Proof-Reading 5’
①Ask one student to summarize the main idea of this reading.
②List out the common mistakes and pay attention to the following ones:
be strict with sb would like to do 辨析 pleased/ pleasant
Step 4: Consolidation
Ask the Ss to do Reading D on p114 （新坐标活页卷）&check the answers.
Step5: Homework
Pronounce the key words in unit2
6.知识结构（板书设计）
have fun with words 辨析 every day /everyday/some time/ sometimea sense of achievement 辨析 also/ too/either/ yetbe strict with sb would like to do 辨析 pleased/ pleasantReading A---文章结构 Reading B---结合人物背景理解诗歌
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（Questions）
1) How can you know the answer
2) what is the key sentence of this passage or paragraph？
3) How can we translate this sentence
2.练习和作业（Practice and homework）
完形填空(AB C层全做)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
Reading and writing 21 is a very personal experience. Poets use language as a way of 22 their feelings, whether positive ones of love, happiness and hope, or negative feelings like 23 and fear. Poems can desribe the beauty of nature, a person, a dream or a memorable event. Most 24 have tried writing poetry at some time, for example, at school. For children , it is a good way to explore language and have 25 with words as well as to express themselves.
But teachers and psychologists have found another use for poetry as a form of therapy(治疗) to help people with problems. 26 are benefits for people of all different backgrounds and ages. Writing poetry can help people deal with 27 in their lives , death or feelings of sadness, drug or alcohol problems 28 can learn to understand yourself better and give yourself a voice if you feel you are being ignored. A poem mignt be a way of telling someone something when you do not feel able to talk about it 29. And just because people are 30 or having difficulties in their lives, it doesn’t mean they have lost their sense of humour. Poems 31 as therapy can be funny too, as laughter is also considered to be very good medicine.
Students at a special school in Dudley , in England, read and write poems 32 . Their reason for writing poems is not just to 33 creative, but some of them they write are very good. All of them have problems. Some of them have long-term 34 conditions, such as cancer, while others have personality disorders or psychological problems. By writing poems students are growing 35 self-confidence. The poems provide a channel through 36 they can communicate with the world, and express their feelings.They 37 help them to recognize and explore their problems and to develop a positive attitude to life.
But the poems are helping 38 people, too. The school has collected some of the students’ poems and published them in a book which is 39 to raise funds for a local hospital. The book has proved very popular, giving students 40 sense of achievement.
21.A. poems B.the poems C.poet D. poetry
22.A.expressing B.expression C.expresses D. expressed
23.A.excitement B.anger C.darkness D.joy
24.A.people B.students C.writers D.teachers
25.A.brass B.fun C.smile D.food
26.A.There B.It C.This D.That
27.A.branches B.changes C.exercises D.lines
28.A.I B.they C.she D.you
29.A.shoulder to shoulder B.face to face C.hand in hand D.eye to eye
30.A.hungry B.ill C.thirsty D.happy
31 A.said B.spoken C.seen D.written
32.A.some time B.everyday C.every day D.sometime
33.A./ B.be C.is D.are
34.A.salty B.scientific C. natural D.medical
35.A.in B.on C.from D.at
36.A.who B.which C.that D.when
37.A.either B.too C.yet D.also
38.A.another B.the other C.other D.the others
39.A.sells B.sell C.being sold D.being selling
40.A.a B.an C./ D.the
阅读理解
第一节：阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
(ABC层全做)
A
Can you believe your eyes A recent experiment suggests that the answer to that question may depend on your age.
Martin Doherty, a psychologist at the University of Stirling in Scotland, led the team of scientists. In this experiment, Doherty and his team tested the perception(观察力) of some people, using pictures of some orange circles. The researchers showed the same pictures to two groups of people. The first group included 151 children aged 4 to 10, and the second group included 24 adults aged 18 to 25.
The first group of pictures showed two circles alone on a white background. One of the circles was larger than the other, and these people were asked to identify the larger one. Four-year-olds identified the correct circle 79 percent of the time. Adults identified the correct circle 95 percent of the time.
Next, both groups were shown a picture where the orange circles, again of different sizes, were surrounded by gray circles. Here’s where the trick lies in. In some of the pictures, the smaller orange circle was surrounded by even smaller gray circles — making the orange circle appear larger than the other orange circle, which was the real larger one. And the larger orange circle was surrounded by even bigger gray circles — so it appeared to be smaller than the real smaller orange circle.
When young children aged 4 to 6 looked at these tricky pictures, they weren’t fooled — they were still able to find the bigger circle with roughly the same accuracy as before. Older children and adults, on the other hand, did not do as well. Older children often identified the smaller circle as the larger one, and adults got it wrong most of the time.
As children get older, Doherty said, their brains may develop the ability to identify visual context. In other words, they will begin to process the whole picture at once: the tricky gray circles, as well as the orange circle in the middle. As a result, they’re more likely to fall for this kind of visual trick.
41．Doherty and his team of scientists did an experiment to evaluate_______ .
A．children’s and adults’ eye-sight
B．people’s ability to see accurately
C．chi ldren’s and adults’ brains
D．the influence of people’s age
42．When asked to find the larger circle, ._________.
A．children at 6 got it wrong 79 % of the time with no gray ones around
B．only adults over 18 got it right 95% of the time with gray ones around
C．children at 4 got it right about 79 % of the time with gray ones around
D．adults got it right most of the time with gray ones around
43．According to the passage, we can know that ______.
A．a smaller orange circle appears bigger on a white background
B．an orange circle appears bigger than a gray one of the same size
C．a circle surrounded by other circles looks bigger than its real size
D．a circle surrounded by bigger ones looks smaller than its real size
44．Visual context may work when children get older than .
A．4 B．6 C．10 D．18
B
Stopping by Woods on A Snowy Evening
By Robert Frost
Whose woods these are I think I know.
His house is in the village though;
He will not see me stopping here
To watch his woods fill up with snow．
My little horse must think it queer(奇怪的)
To stop without a farmhouse near
Between the woods and frozen lake
The darkest evening of the year．
He gives his harness(马笼头)bells a shake
To ask if there is some mistake．
The only other sound’s the sweep
Of easy wind and downy flake(鹅毛般雪花)．
The woods are lovely，dark and deep．
But I have promises to keep,
And miles to go before I sleep,
And miles to go before I sleep．
Robert Frost(1874—1963)is one of the most popular of all American poets. Like Walt Whitman，another famous American poet, he wanted his poetry to be read and understood by the “common man”. Frost wrote about farm and country life in early America，and his poems celebrate both the powerful force of nature and the strength and importance of human actions and choices.
46.Why did the poet stop by woods in a snowy evening
A. His horse wanted to feed on the grass．
B. He was tired and wanted to have a rest．
C. He was attracted to the beautiful scenery of the woods.
D. He wanted to hunt as many animals as possible in the forest．
47.Why did the poet have to leave
A. It got darker and darker．
B. He had to keep his promises．
C. He was afraid of getting lost．
D．It was noisy in the woods．
48 .What does Whitman have in common with Frost
A. They are both American poets in early America.
B. The topics of their poems are about farm and country life.
C. They both wanted their poems understood by ordinary people.
D. Both of them are common poets among all the poets.
49.The poem celebrates ________________.
A. the force of nature and the strength of human choices
B. the harmony between man and nature
C. the power of human and common man
D. the beauty of nature and country life
50.Which is NOT true according to the passage
A.Robert Frost is very popular in America.
B.Walt Whitman’s poets have the same characteristic with Robert Frost’s.
C.Most Americans can understand Robert Frost’s poets.
D.The poet in this passage was written during the 18th century.
短文改错(ABC层全做)
文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加，删除或修改。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Dear friends,
How time fly! It is two years since Mr. Smith comes to our school. He will leave for London the next week. In the past two year, Mr. Smith has worked hard. He was strict to us in our English learning and always ready to help us with patience. He make his classes very lively and interesting that all of us enjoyed every minute of them. Our English has been improved great because of his creative work. Now, we’d like express our thanks to him. We wish him a pleased journey home and good health.
Thank you.
Keys:
Cloz 21-25 DABAB 26-30 ABDBB 31-35 DCBDA 36-40 BDCCA
Reading A: BCDB Reading B: CBAD
Dear friends,
How time fly! It is two years since Mr. Smith comes to our school. He will leave for London
flies came
the next week. In the past two year, Mr. Smith has worked hard. He was strict to us in our English
years with
learning and always ready to help us with patience. He make his classes very lively and interesting
made so
that all of us enjoyed every minute of them. Our English has been improved great because of his
greatly
creative work. Now, we’d like express our thanks to him. We wish him a pleased journey home
to pleasant
and good health.
Thank you.4th period Important language points (2)
1.教材分析
The emphasis of this period will be placed on the important new words, expressions and sentence patterns in this unit. In order to make students understand these important points thoroughly, we can first get students to understand their meanings in the context, then give some explanations about them, and later offer some practice to make students master their usage.
2.学情分析
Language points are the fundamental of learning English; however our students are all afraid of learning English, especially for some complicated language points.
3.教学目标
1.知识目标
1). Get students to learn and grasp the important and useful new words and expressions in this part.
2). Let students learn the following important and useful sentence patterns.
2.能力目标
1). Get students to use some useful new words and expressions correctly.
2). Enable students to make sentences with the useful sentence patterns.
3.情感目标
1).Let the students know how to do first aid when they suffer something suddenly.
2).Develop students’ sense of cooperative learning
4.教学重难点
1.教学重点
Enable students to grasp the usage of such important new words and expressions as： pattern branch transform run out of/run out be made up of =consist of in particular and subjunctive Mood etc.
2.教学难点
Let students learn the subjunctive Mood.
Get students to understand some difficult and long sentences.
5.教学过程
Step1.warming- up
Step2.presentation/practice
1. if引导的虚拟条件句与过去事实相反，从句的谓语用“had +过去分词”，主句的谓语用“would / should / could / might + have +过去分词”。
[考例1] _____ he had not hurt his leg, John would have won the race. (2007全国卷II)
A. If B. Since C. Though D. When
[点拨] 根据主、从句的谓语动词的形式可以看出，这是一个与过去事实相反的if虚拟语气，故选A。
[考例2] They _____ two free tickets to Canada, otherwise they’d never have been able to afford to go. (山东2007)
A. had got B. got
C. have got D. get
[点拨] otherwise they’d never have been able ...这一句用了与过去事实相反的虚拟语气；但是“他们弄到了两张去加拿大的免费票”却是事实，所以用一般过去时。
2. make up (of) 形成、构成或组成某物. 被动形式：be made up of
3) 相关短语：
make up for 弥补
make sense 讲得通
make use of 利用
make up one’s mind 下定决心
make out 辨别出
make progress 取得进步
make a promise 许诺
make sure 确保
3. tease :v. 取笑；招惹；戏弄
拓展
laugh at sb. 嘲笑某人
make fun of sb. 愚弄某人
play jokes on sb. 开某人的玩笑
play tricks on sb. 捉弄某人
4. A fallen blossom is coming back to the branch.
branch在此意为“树枝”，它还可意为“分部；分行”。
[考例] The head office of the bank is in Beijing, but it has ___ all over the country. (辽宁2005)
A. companies B. branches
C. organizations D. businesses
[点拨] 根据前半句的句意“这家银行的总部在北京”可知后半句是说“但是它在全国有分行”，故选B。
5. Snow having melted, the whole village is brimful of happy children.
=As snow has melted, the whole village is …
Melt---melted----melted/molten
Be brimful of = be full of
6. Should the journeyer return, this stone would utter speech.
[考点] 当if引导的虚拟条件句中有had, were, should时，可将if省去，将had, were, should提前，构成倒装语序。
[考例] _____ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off. (湖北2006)
A. Would you be B. Should you be
C. Could you be D. Might you be
7. in particular
He loves science fiction in particular. 尤其，特别
拓展： be particular about /over 对……讲究，挑剔
be particular to 为……所特有
8. with 的复合结构。with+宾语+宾补 在句中充当状语，表方式，原因，条件等。
（1）with+宾语+形容词 Tom always sleeps with his eyes open.
(2)with+宾语+副词 Tom stood before the teacher with his head down.
(3)with+宾语+介词短语 Do you know the women with a child in her arms. (with a book in hand=book in hand, he went in.)
(4)with+宾语+不定式 With the old man to lead us, we’ll have no difficulty going through the forest.
(5)with+宾语+现在分词(表主动或者正在进行)With the old man leading us, we had no trouble finding his house.
(6)with+宾语+过去分词(表被动或完成)The old man was brought in with his hands tied behind his back.
9. transform vi. & vt. 转化；转换；改变
transform… into 改变为；转变为
10.eventually adv 最后；终于=finally
11. worth，worthy，worth-while 都为adj. “值得的” 的用法
1）worth： be worth + n. 值得……
be worth + doing 某事值得…
The question is not worth discussing again and again.
2）worthy：be worthy of +n. 值得……
be worthy to be done 某事值得被做
The question is not worthy to be discussed again and again.
3）worth-while： be worth-while to do sth. 值得做某事
6.板书设计
1. if引导的虚拟条件句与过去事实相反，从句的谓语用“had +过去分词”，主句的谓语用“would / should / could / might + have +过去分词”。2．当if引导的虚拟条件句中有had, were, should时，可将if省去，将had, were, should提前，构成倒装语序。3．make up (of) 形成、构成或组成某物. 被动形式：be made up of拓展：make up for 弥补make sense 讲得通make use of 利用make up one’s mind 下定决心make out 辨别出make progress 取得进步make a promise 许诺make sure 确保4. in particular拓展： be particular about /over 对……讲究，挑剔 be particular to 为……所特有 5. with 的复合结构with+宾语+现在分词(表主动或者正在进行)with+宾语+过去分词(表被动或完成)6. 1）worth： be worth + n. 值得……
be worth + doing 某事值得…2）worthy：be worthy of +n. 值得……
be worthy to be done 某事值得被做3）worth-while： be worth-while to do sth. 值得做某事
7.问题探究(A和B层全做；C层做1-5题)
1) 一支足球队由11个队员组成。
Eleven players _____ _____a football team. (make up)
= A football team ____ _____ ____ ___ 11 players. (is made up of)
2) 英国是由4个主要部分组成的。
The United Kingdom ____ _____ ____ ___ four main parts. (is made up of)
The whole meal was good and the wine_______ was excellent.
A. on particular B. on purpose C. in particular D. in return
4.The girl read the letter with tears_______ down her cheeks.
A. ran B. running C. run D. to run
5.——John went to the hospital alone .
——If he ______ me about it, I would have gone with him.
A. should tell B. tells C. told D. had told
6．"If I hadn't practiced when I was younger,” the musician says," I____ able to play so well now.
A. couldn’t have been B. won’t beC. wouldn't have done D. wouldn't beUnit 2 Using language
教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
The passage is the second part of the story Come and Eat Here. We can see the climax and ending of the whole story. The words and sentences are simply, students can understand the meaning easily. We hope students can learn that the balanced diet is important for everyone.
学情分析（analysis of the students）
For the words and sentences are simple, students can understand the whole story easily. In this period, students should know how to use the words and expressions correctly and learn how important the balanced diet is.
教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
1. Get students to learn some useful new words and expression in this part.
A. Words and expressions： earn one’s living; in debt; glare at; spy on; limit; benefit; breast; garlic; sigh; combine; cut down; before long; put on weight.
B. Sentences：a Perhaps he would be able to earn his living after all and not have to close his restaurant.
b I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
c We ought to combine our ideas and provide a balanced menu with food full of energy and fibre.
2. Get students to read the story Come and Eat Here (2).
3. Let students know about McDonald’s.
能力目标(Ability aims):
Develop students’ reading skills by extensive reading and enable them to learn how to use different reading skills to read different reading materials.
Have students tell the whole story of Wang Peng and Yong Hui.
Enable students to understand two opposite opinions and give their own points of view.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Let students know more about western and Chinese food to form good eating habit.
Let students know how important the balanced diet is.
Develop students’ sense of group cooperation and teamwork.
教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points: 1. Develop students’ reading skills by extensive reading. 2. Let students read and understand the story and the two passages.
#Teaching difficult points:1. Enable students to learn to use reading strategies such as skimming, scanning.
2. Get students to understand and discuss the two opposite opinions and give their own points of view.
教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Predicting
Look at the picture on page 15 and answer the following questions:
Who is the man and woman in the picture
What are they doing
Can you guess what happen before
Step 2 Listening
Listen to the taps and then fill in the charts.
Check the answers:
energy-giving foods body-building foods protective foods
rice, noodles, nuts, butter meat, fish, tofu fruit and vegetables
owner of restaurant problems with foods offered foods to be offered
Wang Peng too much fat more protective foods
Yong Hui not enough fat more body-building and energy-giving foods
Step 2 Prediction
Can you guess what will happen to Wang Peng and Yong Hui
Step 3 Fast reading
Finish the exercise on page 31-32 in the Exercise Book, then check the answers.
Choose the best answers according to the passage on p14-15.
When Wang Peng saw Yong Hui walking into his restaurant________.
A he was angry B he pretended not to have seen her
C his smile was away D he warmly welcomed her at the dood
How did Wang Peng win his customers back
A He spied on Yong Hui’s menu and copied it.
B He started to advertised the benefits of his food.
C He worked harder than ever
D He welcomed his customers warmly at the door
_______ is a balanced died they believe at last.
A Enough body-building and energy-giving food
B The food full of enough fibre
C The food full of both energy an fibre
D Raw vegetables with the hamburgers and fried potatoes
What’s the end of the story
A Wang Peng put on more weight.
B They two run their own business quite well.
C They combined their ideas and provided a balanced menu.
D Wang Peng married Yong Hui and lived happily.
Keys: CBCD
Step 4 Detail reading
Read the text fast, then answer the following questions:
Why did Yong Hui come to Wang Peng’s restaurant the next day
Because she was angry with what Wang Peng did, and wanted to ask him to make an apology to her.
How did Yong Hui feel when she had the meal in Wang Peng’s restaurant
She felt sick with all that fat and heavy food, and she missed her vegetables and fruit.
What did they find after their chat
They found they didn’t offer balanced diets. Because Wang Peng’s didn’t offer enough fibre and Yong Hui didn’t offer enough body-building or energy-giving foods.
How did they combine their menus and provide a balanced menu
They served raw vegetables with the hamburgers and boiled the potatoes rather than fried them ,and served fresh fruit with ice cream.
Step 5 Discussion
What can we learn from the passage
We can learn that it is never too late to change bad eating habits and begin afresh.
板书设计
Come and Eat Here (2)Words and expressionspredicting→listening→prediction→fast reading →detailed readingmain idea: the competition between Wang Peng’s restaurant and Yong Hui’s restaurant.discussion Questions:Chart:Energy-giving foodsBody-building foodsProtective foods
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问:
Who is the man and woman in the picture
What is he doing
Can you guess what happen before
Can you guess what will happen to Wang Peng and Yong Hui
练习
Translate the sentences below and read them aloud, then try to recite them.
人如其食。
健康就是人生的第一财富。
一天一个苹果，医生不来找。
健康的精神源于健康的身体。
Keys:
1. You are what you eat.
2. First wealth is health.
3. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
4. A sound mind dwells in a sound body.
作业
Part 1 (A level)
The experts consulted _______ each other ____________ how to reduce the loss caused by the earthquake.
A with; about B to; on C for; at D with; with
Have you _______ everything that is important in the book
A dieted B looked into C digested D finished
I didn't know how to get to the bus stop, so I went to ____________ a map.
A see B look into C look through D consult
Harry has been out of work for six months, so he has difficulty______________.
A earning living B earning his living C to earn living
D to earn his living
The passenger was tired and walked more slowly but he got home ______________.
A after all B at all C above all D in all
After ten years of hard work, they at last got ___________.
A out of debt B into debt C in debt D out of the debt
The mother was trembling with anger. She ____________ her son and said nothing.
A looked at B stared at C glared at D glanced at
Why are you spying ________ me all the time What do you want to spy__________
A on; out B for; for C on; for D on; on
There are ____________ many people in _______________ a small room that it is crowded now.
A such; so B so; such C such; such D too; so
I’ve limited myself ______________ 1,000 calories a day to try to lose weight.
A in B for C to D on
Keys: ACDBA ACABC
Part 2 (B level)单词拼写
We are going to ___________(结合) the three departments soon.
As we all know, ________ (胡萝卜) is rich in many kinds of vitamin.
Your speed must be reduced to the city speed __________ (限度) as soon as you cross the border.
The new hospital will be a great __________ (利益) to the town.
She ___________ (叹息) when she saw the hole in her blouse.
We’ll run into d_______ if you spend more than our income.
She died of b____________ cancer this spring.
The success of the match depended on the c_______________ of all the players.
Don't give the baby meat to eat, because he can't d______________ it.
The smell of g___________ is terrible, so you'd better brush your teeth after eating it.
Keys: 1 combine; 2 carrot; 3 limit ; 4 benefit; 5 sighed; 6 debt; 7 breast; 8 cooperation ; 9 digest; 10 garlic
Part 3 (C level)短语翻译
谋生 earn one’s living / make one’s (a) living 欠债 (be) in debt
暗中监视，侦察 spy on 削减，删除 cut down
不久以后 before long 向医生咨询 consult a doctor
不再 no longer 瞪着，怒目而视 glare at
几天前，那天 the other day 而不是 rather than
油腻的难消化的食物 fat and heavy food
第二盘饺子 a second plate of dumpling
把A和B结合起来 combine A with / and B 尾随某人 follow sb.
查找出 find out 惊讶地发现 be surprised to find脂肪含量太高 far too much fat 感到悲伤和绝望 feel sad and hopeless心平气和的解释 calmly explain 觉得恶心 feel sick
我的研究表明 according to my research 既不……也不…… neither … nor…Unit 2 Poems
8th Unit Revision
教材分析[the analysis of teaching materials]
This unit talks about poem. The emphasis of this period will be placed on reviewing the important new words, expressions and sentence patterns in the parts; Warming up, Pre-reading, Reading and Comprehending. The aim is to make students grasp and use these important points thoroughly.
学情分析[the analysis of the students]
Our students dislike to memorize words and language points, so this class will help them memorize language points by exercises.
教学目标[Teaching aims]
[1]知识目标[Knowledge aim]
a. Get students to go over the useful new words and expressions in this unit
b. Have students review the grammar item; the inversion .
[2]能力目标[Ability aim]
a. Develop student’s ability to use the important language points in this unit.
b. Enable student to learn to use the usages of inversion.
[3]情感目标[Emotion aim]
Promote the Ss to develop the interest of learning English .
教学重难点[teaching important points and difficult points]
Get students to review and consolidate what they have learned in this unit
Develop students’ ability to solve problems
Get students to turn what they have learned into their ability
教学过程[Teaching procedures]
Step 1:Review words and phrases 10’
①Give the Ss about 5 minutes to review words and expressions in unit2.
②Ask the Ss to finish exer.2 in the Unit Review.
Step 2:Review Language points 20’
①Give the Ss about 8 minutes to review language points in unit2.
②Ask the Ss to finish exer.2 in the Unit Review.
Step 3;Review Grammar 15’
①Give the Ss about 5 minutes to review grammar in unit2.
②Ask the Ss to write down the grammar structure by themselves.
③Ask the Ss to finish exer.3 in the Unit Review.
Step 4:Homework
Review Unit Revision
板书设计
7.问题讨论[课堂提问，练习和作业设计]
[1] 课堂提问a.can you understand the important words and expressions
b.can you use them freely and correctly
c.Do you know the function of the usages of inversion
[2]单元复习
Unit2 Poems单元复习
基础检测（B/C层）
1.传达；运送 2.具体的 3.引起矛盾的 4.钻石
5.灵活的；可弯曲的 6.模式，式样 7.村舍 8.轻松；
9.由……构成 10.取笑；招惹 11无穷的；无止境的
12.翻译；译文 13.枝条；支流 14.尤其，特别
15.最后 16.转化；改造 17.图书馆馆长
18.适当的 19.交换；交流 20.赞助人
21.测试；试验 22.发出；放走 23.奖学金
单元考点（A/B层）
1. convey(vi) 向某人表达/传达某物___________________把某物或某人从A地运送到B地______________________ 对……表达某人的情感/意思/难过
2.sense 弄懂/理解___________有/无意义_______________
从某种意思上说__________________决不______________视觉____________
3. take it easy______________碰运气____________
认为……理所当然________________
4 run out of______________ run short of sth ____________
不足，短缺____________用尽，筋疲力尽___________
用完，消耗掉_____________
5.(be) made up of =be________of = _________of 由……组成
Make up_______ make up______弥补 铺床叠被________
开玩笑 make_____of 前进_______________
6 嘲笑某人__________________愚弄某人_____________________
开某人玩笑___________________ 捉弄某人___________________
7. in particular_____________ 对……讲究，挑剔__________________
为……所特有______________
8. appropriate(adj) 适合；合乎____________________;it is appropriate
that___________
9.exchange(n&v) 交换________________ 作为交换_____________________ 以……交换___________________ 与某人交换某物_______________________ 与某人交流___________________
10.hold on_____________ hold back _______________ hold down ___________
hold out_____________ hold up__________
11.try out__________ 试穿________________ 参加选拔_________________争取______________ 尝试做某事______________
12.let out _________ 更不用说___________ 使失望_________让……进来
___________ 让……下车_______________
三．单项选择
1. Nowadays sending e-mails to each other is a way many a student _____ what they think.
A. conveys B. convey C. account D. accounts
2. –Mon, I just can’t fall asleep thinking of the interview tomorrow.
--________ You are sure to make it.
A. Don’t lose heart. B. Take it easy. C. Take your time. D. What’s up.
3. The reason _____ he was ill that day was actually made up by his brother. In fact, the reason ______ he was absent was ____ he went to see a film.
A. that; why; that B. for which; why that
C. that; why; because D. why; that; because
4. The photographer needs to charge up the digital camera every day as the battery _____ quickly. (上海2005春)
A. shuts up B. ends up C. runs out D. turns out
5.The whole meal was good and the wine_______ was excellent.
A. on particular B. on purpose C. in particular D. in return
6.The girl read the letter with tears_______ down her cheeks.
A. ran B. running C. run D. to run
7.——John went to the hospital alone .
——If he ______ me about it, I would have gone with him.
A. should tell B. tells C. told D. had told
8．"If I hadn't practiced when I was younger,” the musician says," I____ able to play so well now.
A. couldn’t have been B. won’t be
C. wouldn't have done D. wouldn't be
答案：BBACC BDD
Unit 2 Poem
主语从句中的虚拟语气
It’s necessary(important,natural……) that……（should）+do
2. 同位语从句和表语从句的虚拟语气
Advice/ idea/order/demand/plan that……（should）+do
与过去事实相反的虚拟语气
.Unit 1 Great scientists ( Module 5 )
The second period
The analysis of teaching materials（教材分析）:
Basic sentence patterns and phrases are foundations in the whole English learning. If students can have a good command of sentence patterns and important phrases ,they can improve their English reading and writing ability efficiently . So a review of sentence patterns and phrases will definitely has a positive influence on their English learning .
The analysis of students（学情分析）：
In our school , the students’ English foundation is in a relatively low level. They have learnt something about sentences and phrases before, but still a majority of them can not remember them clearly .So review these sentence patterns and phrases is a must for poor English learners.
Teaching goals (教学目标):
1. Knowledge
To get the students remember the following five sentences :
(1) Neither its cause nor its cure was understood .
(2) So many thousands of terrified people died every time there was an outbreak.
(3) A woman，who had moved away from Broad Street，liked the water from the pump so much that she had it delivered to her house every day.
(4) He placed a fixed sun at the centre of the solar system with the planets going round it and only the moon still going round the earth.
(5) Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.
2. Ability
To enable the students remember and master the usage of the following phrases:
put forward ; link…to ; apart from ; make sense ; have sth. done ; Only +状语位于句首，部分倒装的结构运用
3. Emotion:
To encourage the student to remember more phrases and sentence patterns.
To arouse the students’ interests in English.
Teaching important and difficult points(教学重难点):
To get the students master the usage of the following phrases from this unit :
put forward ; link…to ; apart from ; make sense ; have sth. done ; Only +状语位于句首，部分倒装的结构运用
Teaching procedures（教学流程）:
Step One Review the following sentences:
(1) Neither its cause nor its cure was understood .
(2) So many thousands of terrified people died every time there was an outbreak.
(3) A woman，who had moved away from Broad Street，liked the water from the pump so much that she had it delivered to her house every day.
(4) He placed a fixed sun at the centre of the solar system with the planets going round it and only the moon still going round the earth.
(5) Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.
Step Two Review the following phrases and its usage:
1．put forward提出；推荐；提名；把(钟表)往前拨
put away收拾起来(放好)；储蓄 put aside放在一边；搁置；储蓄
put...into输入；把……译成 put off延期；推迟
put on穿戴上；上演；(体重等)增加 put out扑灭
put through接通电话 put up举起；建造；(为某人)提供膳宿；张贴
put up with容忍；忍受
【即时应用】用适当的介/副词填空（B类）
(1)Let me just put these files________.
(2)The working party has put ________a good case for moving to a new site.
(3)The meeting's been put ________till next week.
(4)I don't know how you put ________their constant quarrelling.
【答案】 (1)away (2)forward (3)off (4)up with
2．link...to 将……和……连接/联系起来
be linked to和……有联系 link up (with) 连接；结合；有联系
link...with用……把……连接起来；联系 join...to把……与……连接/联合
connect...to把……连接到…… connect...with把……与……联系/连接起来
be connected with与……有联系
【即时应用】介词填空（B类）
(1)The first step of the operation is to join this bone ______that one.
(2)I don't think my father is connected________the recent accident.
【答案】 (1)to (2)with
3．apart from除……之外；此外
拓展：(1)apart from表示“除了……之外”，即可意为包括在内，也可意为不包括在内。
(2)other than意为“除了……”，用于否定句。
(3)in addition用于衔接上下文，可单独用于句首，也可以用于句中或句尾，用于句首或句中时要用逗号隔开。
(4)in addition to，as well as，besides表示“除……之外(还有)(包括在内)”。
(5)except，except for，but表示“除……之外(不包括在内)”。
【即时应用】_____some pennies，I think there are only nine pounds left in my pocket. （B类）
A．Apart from B．In addition C．Instead of D．Rather than
【解析】句意：除了几个硬币，我想我的口袋里只有九英镑了。apart from除……之外；in addition后不可直接接宾语；instead of代替；rather than而不是，由句意选A项。【答案】A
4．make sense有意义；讲得通
make no sense没有道理；没有意义 make sense of...理解；明白；弄懂……
There is no sense in doing sth.做……没有意义
in a/one sense在某种意义上；在某一方面 in no sense决不是；绝非
注：in no sense位于居首时，句子使用倒装语序。
【即时应用】In my opinion，the answer to the question you gave us just now doesn't make any________.（C类）
A．idea B．meaning C．sense D．point
【解析】句意：在我看来，你刚才给我们提供的这个问题的答案根据讲不通。make sense讲得通，有意义，符合句意。【答案】C
5．A woman，who had moved away from Broad Street，liked the water from the pump so much that she had it delivered to her house every day..(课本P3)
【句式分析】had it delivered属于have sth. done结构。delivered是过去分词，作it的宾语补足语，表示被动关系。
have sth.done用法小结
(1)请人做某事。
I had my hair cut yesterday. 我昨天理了发(请别人理发)。
(2)遭遇某种(不幸的)事情。
I had my watch stolen last night. 昨晚我的表被盗了。
(3)与can't，won't连用，且主语为第一人称时，表示“不容许，不许可”。
I won't have my house turned into a hotel.我决不允许把我的房子变成旅馆。
(4)表示“把……做完”，主语也可自己参加完成。
I must have the work finished before Sunday. 我一定要在周日前完成这项工作。
【即时应用】—What will the shop owner do next
—He will have all these goods ordered ________ to the customers today. （B类）
A．to deliver B．delivering C．delivered D．deliver
【解析】have sth. done在此处意为“请人做某事”，符合句意。句意：——店主接下来会做什么？——今天他会请人把预订的这些货物送到顾客手中。句中ordered是goods的定语。【答案】C
6. Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.(课本P7)
【句式分析】当only修饰状语位于句首时，主句用部分倒装语序。
Only a week later did I receive an answer from her.
Only in this way can you solve this problem.
Only when you are forty and looking back will you realize that you haven't done your best.
注：only限制主语时，主语不倒装。
Only the teacher can answer this question.
辨析：if only/only if
if only“要是……就好了”，主要用于虚拟语气，表示强烈的愿望或非真实的条件。
If only I were a flying bird! 要是我是一只飞鸟该多好！
If only I hadn't been so careless in the exam! 我考试时没有那么粗心就好了！
only if“只有”，主要用于条件句中。
Only if a teacher has given permission is a student allowed to leave the room.
【即时应用】用if only和only if填空（A类）
(1)______________he does his best will he succeed.
(2)____________I know her name!
【答案】(1)Only if (2)If only
Step Three Practice
Ⅰ.考题链接
1．(2010·湖北高考)Duty is an act or a course of action that people ________ you to take by social customs，law or religion. （B类）
A．persuade B．request C．instruct D．expect
【解析】考查动词辨析。expect sb.to do期待/希望某人做某事。request要求，请求；persuade说服，劝说；instruct指导，吩咐，命令；均不合句意。句意：所谓职责，是指人们希望通过社会习俗、法律或宗教的约束而让我们采取的一种行为或行动方式。【答案】D
2．(2010·全国Ⅱ高考)My mother opened drawer to ________ the knives and spoons. （B类）
A．put away B．put up C．put on D．put together
【解析】考查动词词组辨析。put away放好，收拾起来；put up举起，搭建，张贴，挂起；put on穿上，戴上；put together组装，装配，把……凑合起来。由句意知A项合适。【答案】A
3．(2010·安徽高考)—Do you know if Linda is willing to take charge of the program
—________，does it （A类）
A．It takes no time B．It counts for nothing
C．It doesn't hurt to ask D．It doesn't make sense
【解析】本题考查交际用语。It doesn't hurt to ask意为“又不是不能问，问一下也无妨”；It takes no time意为“这不花时间”；It counts for nothing意为“这不算什么”；It doesn't make sense意为“没有意义，讲不通”。句意：——你知道Linda愿意负责这个项目吗？——问一下也无妨，不是吗？【答案】C
4．(2009·江苏高考)Distinguished guests and friends，welcome to our shool，________the ceremony of the 50th Anniversary this morning are our alumni (校友) from home and abroad. （A类）
A．Attend B．To attend C．Attending D．Having attended
【解析】句意：尊敬的来宾朋友们，欢迎莅临我校。今天早上参加50周年庆典的是来自
国内外的校友。本句为倒装句，正常的语序应该是：Our alumni (校友) from home and
abroad are attending the ceremony of the 50th Anniversary this morning.。【答案】C
5．(2009·福建高考)—Why does the lake smell terrible
—Because large quantities of water________.（B类）
A．have polluted B．is being polluted C．has been polluted D．have been polluted
【解析】large quantities of修饰的名词作主语，谓语动词要用复数；“水被污染”应用被动语态。a large quantity of修饰名词作主语时，谓语动词要根据名词单复数来确定其单复数形式。【答案】D
Ⅱ.短文填空 (A类)
Simon wanted to be a famous footballer and was 1.______in his training.Unfortunately，he developed a 2.________illness，and the doctors couldn't handle it.After 3.________his illness，the experts 4.________that simon had been 5.________to a new virus.All attempts to 6.________him failed.Simon foresaw that he would not get better and 7.________that he must leave football.Finally he 8.________that he could make a new career and met new 9.________.Coaching young football players.At his last match all his fans 10.________and praised him by singing the popular song Thanks for the memory.
【答案】1.absorbed 2.severe 3.analysing 4.suspected 5.exposed 6.cure 7.concluded 8.announced 9.challenge 10．attended
Step Four Summary and homework
1. Learn the words and phrases by heart.
2. Exercises III in Book 361°
板书设计
(1) Neither its cause nor its cure was understood .(2) So many thousands of terrified people died every time there was an outbreak. (3) A woman，who had moved away from Broad Street，liked the water from the pump so much that she had it delivered to her house every day.……. 1．put forward 2．link...to3．apart from……
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．The President ________ his intention to retire before the next election.
A．announced B．told C．informed D．promised
2．Today there are more opportunities for disabled people to make ____ contribution to _____ society.
A．a；the B．a；/ C．/；the D．the；a
3．Sometimes，dreams are a special opportunity for you to ______ your real life，especially when you're caught in trouble or stress.
A．make sense of B．make use of C．make up of D．make fun of
4．Only after a baby seal is pushed into the sea by its mother ________ to swim.
A．how will it learn B．will it learn how C．it will learn how D．and it learns how
5．It was not the cyclist but the driver who ________ for the traffic accident.
A．was blamed B．was to blame C．was to be blamed D．were to blame
6．After the recovery，he decided to send his thanks to the doctor，who ____ him ___ the disease.
A．treated；for B．cured；for C．cured；of D．treated；of
7．_______to nuclear radiation，even for a short time，may produce variants 变体 of genes in human bodies.
A．Being exposed B．Having exposed C．Exposed D．After being exposed
8．There happened a murder case ________ the man _______ the mayor.
A．linked；with B．linking；to C．connected；with D．joined；to
9．In the course of a day，students do far more than just _________ classes.
A．attend B．to attend C．attended D．attending
10．—_______busy schoolwork，the children also have to take arts，music and sports classes in their free time.
—I wonder what they will become.
A．Rather than B．Owing to C．Except for D．Apart from
【答案】Ⅲ.1、A 2、B 3、A 4、B 5、B 6、C 7、A 8、B 9、A 10、DUnit 1 Art
8th Unit Revision
教材分析[the analysis of teaching materials]
This unit talks about art. The emphasis of this period will be placed on reviewing the important new words, expressions and sentence patterns in the parts; Warming up, Pre-reading, Reading and Comprehending. The aim is to make students grasp and use these important points thoroughly.
学情分析[the analysis of the students]
Our students dislike to memorize words and language points, so this class will help them memorize language points by exercises.
教学目标[Teaching aims]
[1]知识目标[Knowledge aim]
a. Get students to go over the useful new words and expressions in this unit
b. Have students review the grammar item; the inversion .
[2]能力目标[Ability aim]
a. Develop student’s ability to use the important language points in this unit.
b. Enable student to learn to use the usages of inversion.
[3]情感目标[Emotion aim]
Promote the Ss to develop the interest of learning English .
教学重难点[teaching important points and difficult points]
Get students to review and consolidate what they have learned in this unit
Develop students’ ability to solve problems
Get students to turn what they have learned into their ability
教学过程[Teaching procedures]
Step 1:Review words and phrases 10’
①Give the Ss about 5 minutes to review words and expressions in unit1.
②Ask the Ss to finish exer.1 in the Unit Review.
Step 2:Review Language points 20’
①Give the Ss about 8 minutes to review language points in unit1.
②Ask the Ss to finish exer.2 in the Unit Review.
(pay attention to the usages of a great deal, would rather)
__________(很多) money was needed. ______（很多students were late.
翻译：我宁死不降____________________.
Step 3;Review Grammar 15’
① Ask the Ss to write down the grammar structure by themselves.
②Ask the Ss to finish exer.3&4 in the Unit Review.
Step 4:Homework
Review Unit Revision
板书设计
7.问题讨论[课堂提问，练习和作业设计
[1] 课堂提问a.can you understand the important words and expressions
b.can you use them freely and correctly
c.Do you know the function of the usages of inversion
[2]单元复习
Unit1 Art单元复习
一.基础检测(B/C层)
1.目标，瞄准 2.典型的 3. 采用，收养 4. 尝试，努力
5.预言 6. 确切的，特定的 7.呼吁，求助 8.拥有v. p______
9.信念 f______ 10.方法，技巧t________ 11.抽象的，摘要 12.巧合
13.阴影 14.画像，身材 15. 学者 16.喜爱n. p______
17.名声r________ 18.视觉的 19. 当代的 20.永久的
21.好斗的 22. committee 23. signature 24. district
25.a great ____大量 26.on ______ hand 可是27.in the ______活着的/本人28appeal to _______
二.单元考点（A/B层）
1.abstract (adj&n&v) ___ the ～ 大体上 make an ～ of 做......摘要
2.faith (n.) ～ can move mountains ________________ have/lose ～ __ 信任/不信任...
3.aim(n&v) ～___ sb/sth瞄准 be ______at (doing) 旨在 ～ at doing/to do sth力求做某事
4.typical(adj.) ___ is typical of…是…典型 it’s ～ of ____ to do sth 做某事是…的特征
5.evident(adj.) ______________(n.)证据
6.possess(v.) possession(s) n.财产，拥有
sb be in possession of sth 拥有某物 sth be in ___ possession of sb 某物被拥有
7.coincidence(n) by ～/accident/________ 碰巧 happen to do 碰巧做某事
8.shadow (n.) cast a ～ over/___给…投下阴影 shade __________
9.attempt (n&v.) (make an)～ to do/at doing sth尝试做某事 ___ one’s first ～ 第一次尝试
辨析 attempt/ try / manage
10.specific (adj.) specification (n.)规格 special 特别的
11.make B out of A= make ___ into B 把A制成B be made of/from 由…制成
be made up of 由…组成
12.figure(n&v.) figure sb/sth out ______________
13.preference(n.) have a ～ ___偏爱 give (a) ～ ___给…优惠 in ～ to 优先于
14.appeal (n&v.) ～ to sb 吸引/呼吁某人 ～ to sb __ sth/～ to sb to do sth 呼吁某人某事
15.more than +n./+adj/+num./+句子 _______/_________/超过/超出…的能力范围
16.contemporary (adj.) ____________暂时的→（反义词） permanent (adj.)
There is no permanent enemy but there is only permanent interest._______________ _______ ____
17.many/a number of / a good many修饰_______名词
Much/a great deal of/ an amout of 修饰______名词
a lot of/ lots of/plenty of/ a large quantity of 修饰_______名词
a large amount of +n./a large quantity of +n. +谓语用________(单复数)
large amounts of+n./large quantities of+n.+ +谓语用________(单复数)
18. 宁愿…而不愿 would rather …than…=would do …rather than do…
=prefer to do rather than do=prefer …to…
would rather sb ____/were/_________
三．用所给词的适当形式填空（A/B层）
1. If he _____(have) time now, he would (could,might) go with you.
2. If you ____________(come) a few minutes earlier, you would have met the famous singer.
3. If it _________(be) snow this evening, they would not go out.
4. _______(should) it rain, the crops would be saved.
5.I wish I ______(be) as tall as you. 6.He wished he ______________(not say) that.
7.I wish it __________(will) rain tomorrow.
8.I’d rather you ________(pay) the money yourself.
9.I’d rather you _________(not do) that.
四．单选题
1. --Have you ever been to Beijing
--No, but I wish I ___.
A. have B. will C. do D. had
2. I wish I ________ you yesterday.
A. saw B. did see C. had seen D. were to see
3. His silence at the meeting suggested that he ________ to your plan.
A. didn’t agree B. hadn’t agreed C. wouldn’t agree D. not agree
4. She made a suggestion that the plan ________ carefully.
A. be considered B. was considered C. should consider D. would be considered
5. I wish that I ______ with you last night.
A. could have gone B. could go C. have gone D. went
6. “Are you going to the ball tonight ” “It’s too late now. How I wish ____ about it earlier!”
A. I’ll know B. I’ve known C. I know D. I’d known
7. The guard of the meeting insisted that everybody ____ the rules.
A. obeys B. obey C. will obey D. would obey
8–My uncle suggest I abroad.
--I would rather you at home.
A. go; stay B. went; stayed C. go; stayed D. went; stay
9 I suggested to my father that we to Dalian for a holiday this summer, but the expression on his face suggested that he to it.
A. go; shouldn’t agree C. would go; shouldn’t agree
B. go; didn’t agree D. would go; didn’t agree
一坚持 insist
二命令 order , command
三建议 suggest, propose, advise + that …( should) +动词原形
五要求 require, request, demand, desire, ask
Keys: 三．1 had 2. had come 3.were 4. Should 5. were 6. hadn’t said
7.would 8. paid 9. hadn’t
四(1).D (2).C (3).A (4).A (5).A (6).D (7).B (8)C (9)B
Unit 1 Art
Words &phrases Language points Grammar structure
__________ money was needed.
_______ students were late.
I would rather die than yield.
I would die rather than yileld.
I would rather I died.
I prefer to die rather than yield.
I prefer dying to yielding.
.Teaching reference Unit 1
The first period
Teaching Contents analysis（教材分析）:
一． Some sentences for the students to recite.
二． The followings to review
1．________adj.熟练的；经验或知识丰富的 n．专家；行家
2．________adj.严重的；剧烈的；严厉的
3．________adj.积极的；肯定的；确定的
4．________adj.热情的；热心的
5．________adj.小心的；谨慎的
6．________vt.拒绝；不接受；抛弃
7．________vt.& vi.结束；推断出→________n．结论；结束
8．________vt.分析→________n．分析
9．________vt.打败；战胜；使受挫 n．失败
10．________vt.照顾；护理；出席；参加→________n．出席；到场
11．________vt.暴露；揭露；使曝光
12．________n．挑战 vt.向……挑战→________adj.富有挑战性的
13．________vt.吸收；吸引；使专心
14．________vt.怀疑 n．被怀疑者；疑犯
15．________vt.责备；谴责 n．过失；责备
16．________n．柄；把手 vt.处理；操纵
17．________vt.& n．连接；联系
18．________vt.宣布；通告→________n．通告；宣布
19．________vt.命令；指示；教导→________n．命令；指示
20．________vt./vi.捐献；贡献；捐助→________n．捐献；贡献
答案：1．expert 2.severe 3.positive 4.enthusiastic 5．cautious 6.reject 7.conclude；conclusion 8.analyse；analysis 9.defeat 10.attend；attendance 11.expose 12.challenge；challenging 13.absorb 14.suspect 15.blame 16.handle 17.link 18.announce；announcement 19.instruct；instruction 20.contribute；contribution
Students analysis（学情分析）：
To most of our students, I don’t think they are interested in English. That is to say, we must pay more attention to those students—students Band C. First, we must raise their interest. Second, we must begin with the Transtive Verbs.
Teaching goals for the students(教学目标):
一．To students A and B, after this period, they must know how to emphasis and ellipsis :
记住省略句及强调句的句型和用法。
二． Some phrases for Ss A B and C: .
expert；severe；positive；enthusiastic；cautious；reject；conclude；conclusion；analyse；analysis defeat；attend；attendance； expose； challenge；challenging；absorb；suspect； blame；handle link；announce；announcement；instruct；instruction；contribute；contribution
三．Some important sentences from Unit One for students A:
常用经典句型
1.So precious is time that we can't afford to waste it.
2.Listening to music enables us to feel relaxed.
3.By taking exercise，we can always stay healthy.
4.The more books we read，the more learned we become.
5.On no account can we ignore the value of knowledge.
6.Those who disobey traffic regulations should be punished.
7.It is high time the government took proper steps to solve the traffic problems
8.Rich as our country is，the qualities of our living are by no means satisfactory
9.Each coin has two sides，and the changes also have some bad effects on our life.
10.It's requested that everyone keep quiet and not make any noise in the reading room.
Difficult points: 第5句中on no account意为“绝不”，它置于句首时句子使用倒装语序；第7句It's high time (that)．..表示“早就该……”，that从句中使用动词的一般过去时；第8句中的by no means意思也是“绝不”；第10句It's requested that...从句中使用(should)＋动词原形，表示“要求……”。
Teaching procedures:
Step I.板书并讲解:
1．attend v．照顾；护理；出席；参加
attend a lecture/a meeting/a conference/school/class
听讲座/出席会议/上学/上课
attend to处理；注意倾听；照顾某人
attend on/upon sb.伺候/照顾某人
【经典例句】
约翰·斯诺是伦敦一位著名的医生——他的确医术精湛，因而成为维多利亚女王的私人医生。
John Snow was a famous doctor in London—so expert，indeed，that he attended Queen Victory as her personal physician.(课本P2)
所有5至16岁的孩子必须上学。
All children between the ages of 5 and 16 must .
我也许会迟到，我有一两件事需要处理。
I may be late—I have got one or two things .
【即时应用】
The coach asked his staff to________to the large group of journalists waiting for him to announce his training plan.
A．adapt B．attend C．refer D．appeal
【解析】 句意：教练让他的员工去应付等待他宣布训练计划的那一大群记者。adapt to适应；attend to处理；refer to涉及，参考，指的是；appeal to吸引；由句意选B项。
【答案】 B
2．expose v．暴露；揭露；使曝光
expose sth.揭露；显露出某事物
expose sth./sb./oneself (to sth.)
使某事/某人/自己暴露/显露
expose sb.to sth.让某人接触某物
be exposed to暴露于……
【经典例句】
但他一想到要帮助那些得了霍乱的普通老百姓，他就感到振奋。
But he became inspired when he thought about helping ordinary people cholera.(课本P2)
新闻记者冒着失去工作和生命的危险来揭露污染和腐败的问题。
Journalists have put their careers and lives at risk pollution and corruption.
留在屋里，不要让皮肤在太阳下暴露。
Keep indoors and don't your skin the sun.
【即时应用】
I think it is almost a crime to________ children to violence and sex on TV.
A．show B．disclose C．uncover D．expose
【解析】 expose sb. to sth.使某人接触某物/事，为固定搭配，符合要求。句意：我认为让孩子们接触电视上的暴力行为和性行为几乎是一种犯罪。show后接双宾语；disclose揭露，uncover揭露，均与句意不符。
【答案】 D
3．absorb v．吸收；吸引；使专心
absorb...into把……吸收进
absorb...from从……中吸收/取
be absorbed in (doing) sth.专心(做)某事
absorb one's attention吸引某人的注意力
【经典例句】
第二种看法是吃饭的时候人们把这种病毒引入人体内的。
The second suggested that people this disease into their bodies with their meals.(课本P2)
盐吸收空气中的水分。
Salt moisture the air.
我正专心读一本书，没有听见你叫我。
I a book and didn't hear you call.
警示误区：
be absorbed in(专心于)，主语往往是人，并不表示被动，类似短语有：be buried in专心于；be lost in陷入……；be caught in被困于……；be devoted to致力于……。
【即时应用】
________his thoughts，the scientist didn't notice what had happened before him.
A．Absorbed in B．Caught in
C．Used to D．Interested in
【解析】 (be) absorbed in“专心于，全神贯注于”，符合句意。
【答案】 A
4．blame v．责备；谴责；把……归咎于 n．过失；责备
(1)blame sb.for...因……而责备某人；把……归咎于
blame sth.on sb.把某事归咎于某人
be to blame (for)应承担责任；该受责备
(2)accept/bear/take the blame for...
对某事负责；承担责任
put/lay the blame for sth.on sb.把责任推到……身上
【经典例句】
看来霍乱的流行要归罪于饮用水了。
It seemed that the water .(课本P2)
他们把失败归咎于玛丽。
They the failure Mary.
把延误的责任归咎于她是不对的。
It's wrong to her for delaying.
警示误区：
be to blame在作定语、表语时，用主动形式表被动意义。
【即时应用】
________for the terrible coal mine accident，as the public thought，the mayor of the city felt nervous and was at a loss what to do.
A．Having blamed B．He was to blame
C．Being to be blamed D．Being to blame
【解析】 主语是the mayor；be to blame for sth.是对某事承担责任；此处是用非谓语动词形式作原因状语。
【答案】 D
5．announce v．宣布；通告；(事情、迹象)显示……；预告……
(1)announce (to sb.) sth./that...宣布/发布某事
announce that...宣布/发布……
It is announced that...据称；已宣布……
(2)announcement n．通告；宣告；宣布
make an announcement下通知；宣布
【经典例句】
有了这种证据，他就能够肯定地宣布，这种被污染了的水携带着病菌。
With this extra evidence he was able to with certainty that polluted water carried the disease.(课本P3)
鲜艳的花朵告诉人们春天已经来到。
The bright flowers that spring was here.
据宣布，将有新的速度限制规定出台。
new speed restrictions would be introduced.
警示误区
不能说announce sb.sth.，可以说announce sth.to sb.或announce to sb.sth.。
易辨混析
announce/declare
announce意为“通知，宣布”，指预告性地宣布或公开宣告。
declare“声明，宣布”，指正式宣布，也指当众宣布。
The school office announced that the sports meet will be put off till next Monday.
校办公室宣布运动会将被推迟到下周一。
It was declared by the government that these small coal mines will be closed.
政府宣布这些小煤矿将被关闭。
【即时应用】
用上述词汇根据下面的情景完成短文
Entering the classroom，our head teacher(1)________that he had an(2)________to make.His good news was that it had been(3)________by the school that we would have an eight days' holiday to celebrate the National Day as well as the Mid－autumn Festival.He also(4)________to us that we would have to finish all the homework the teachers had given us.
【答案】 (1)announced (2)announcement (3)declared (4)announced
6．contribute v．捐献；贡献；捐助
contribute to为……做出贡献；把(时间)投入；给……投稿；有助于；是……的原因
make a contribution/contributions to为……做出贡献
【经典例句】
适当的运动有助于健康。
A proper amount of exercise good health.
你愿为医院重建基金捐款吗？
Would you like to the hospital building fund
【温馨提示】 contribute和contribution常与介词to搭配。
【即时应用】
写出下面情景中contribute的意思。
Many people ( )money to the poor boy，which contributed to( )his return to school. A writer wrote a story about it and contributed( )it to a newspaper.
【答案】 捐钱；促使；投稿
【经典例句】
适当的运动有助于健康。
A proper amount of exercise good health.
你愿为医院重建基金捐款吗？
Would you like to the hospital building fund
【温馨提示】
contribute和contribution常与介词to搭配。
【即时应用】
写出下面情景中contribute的意思。
Many people ( )money to the poor boy，which contributed to( )his return to school.A writer wrote a story about it and contributed( )it to a newspaper.
【答案】 捐钱；促使；投稿
【即时应用】
写出下面情景中contribute的意思。
Many people ( )money to the poor boy，which contributed to( )his return to school.A writer wrote a story about it and contributed( )it to a newspaper.
【答案】 捐钱；促使；投稿
Step II:板书并讲解:
常用经典句型
1.So precious is time that we can't afford to waste it.
2.Listening to music enables us to feel relaxed.
3.By taking exercise，we can always stay healthy.
4.The more books we read，the more learned we become.
5.On no account can we ignore the value of knowledge.
6.Those who disobey traffic regulations should be punished.
7.It is high time the government took proper steps to solve the traffic problems
8.Rich as our country is，the qualities of our living are by no means satisfactory
9.Each coin has two sides，and the changes also have some bad effects on our life.
10.It's requested that everyone keep quiet and not make any noise in the reading room.
(要求死记)第5句中on no account意为“绝不”，它置于句首时句子使用倒装语序；第7句It's high time (that)．..表示“早就该……”，that从句中使用动词的一般过去时；第8句中的by no means意思也是“绝不”；第10句It's requested that...从句中使用(should)＋动词原形，表示“要求……”。
Step III: Summary:
To most of the students, they can master the phrases by heart, but to students A, they’d better to know how to use different kinds of transtive verbs.
Homework for the class:
Ⅰ.单词拼写（for students of B and C）
1．The president became too________ 热衷于 over a big navy.
2．The scientists are doing s________research on the rats.
3．His injuries were________ 严重的 and he was rushed to hospital.
4．It's difficult to________ 操纵 the machine.
5．He is intensely________ 小心 not to make mistakes in spelling.
Ⅱ.完成句子（for students of A and B）
1．我们必须纠正孩子的坏习惯。
We have to _____.
2．他们提了很多建议。
They_______________________.
3．这条丝绸之路在古代把中国和西方连接起来。
The silk road______________________in ancient times.
4．根据上面所说的，我们可以得出结论。
From what is said above，__________________________.
5．你只有努力工作才能得到别人的尊敬。
Only if you work hard_____________________________.
Ⅰ、【答案】 1.enthusiastic 2.scientific 3.severe 4.handle
5．cautious
Ⅱ、【答案】 1.cure the children of their bad habits. 2.put forward a lot of suggestions 3.linked China to the west 4.we can draw a conclusion 5.can you be respected by othersUnit 2 Healthy eating
GrammarⅠ
1.教材分析（Analysis of teaching material）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar:learn the use of ought to and review the use of may ,might ,will,would,can ,could,shall,should and must.Ss often feel modal verbs abstract and difficult,so it is necessary to make the lesson interesting and connect it with their daily life in order to let it easy to accept and understand.The teacher can ask the Ss to read the text Come and Eat Here(1) carefully and learn the words and grammar from it.summarize the use of ought to and let Ss make it clear how each modal verb is being used in the situation.
2.学情分析（Analysis of the students）
Ss will most probably be confused when learning this grammar. Because they even cannot get clear the first kind of Modal verbs. But they must learn it well.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get Ss to know more about modal verbs.
Let Ss learn the use of ought to .
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use Modal verbs correctly and properly according to the text .
情感目标（Emotional aims
Get the Ss to become interested in grammar learning
Develop the Ss spirits of cooperation and teamworks
4.教学重点和难点（Teaching important points and difficult points）
Teaching important points:
Review and consolidate the use of can ,could ,may ,might ,will,would ,shall, should ,must ,can't
Let Ss learn the use of ought to
Teaching difficult points:
How to use ought to correctly.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework exercises.
Dictate some new words and expressions.
Read the passage Come and Eat Here again to find words and expressions that mean the same.
should Ought to
run away after doing something wrong Get away with
Something to make you thin by eating it Slimming foods
Wish to know about something curiosity
Get rid of something Throw away
Parts of plants that help food move quickly through the body Fibre
Changing food into something the body can use digestion
Proper amount of different kinds of food needed for good health Balanced diet
Step 2 leading-in by revision
Translate the following sentences and explain how each of these modal verbs is being used in the situations.
1.He could hardly support his family before he found the new job.
2. Where could/can the boy now
3.May/might I come in
4.You must hurry up or you will be late.
5.Whatever you want ,you shall have .
6.We should read english aloud every morning
7.He would/used to sit there for hours ,doing nothing at all.
Step 3 Grammar learning
reading and discovering
Let the Ss pick out the sentences using modal verbs and translate them into Chinese.
Eg:Then by lunchtime they would all be sold. (Possibility)
By now his restaurant ought to be full of people. (Possibility)
What could have happened (Possibility)
Nothing could be better. (Possibility)
Something terrible must have happened if …(Guessing)
I’ll help you lose weight…(Intention)
He could not believe his eyes. （Ability）
Perhaps he should go to the library and find out. (Duty)
He could have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies! (Intention)
He had better do some research! (Duty)
Even though her customers might get thin after eating Yong Hui’s food…(Possibility)
They would become tired very quickly. (Intention)
…he could win his customers back. (Ability)
summing up :the use of ought to
Ought to 的用法
Ought to 无人称和时态的变化。Ought to 可以表示义务，要求，劝告。常解释为应该或应当等。和should差不多，只是语气稍重些。有时可表示非常可能的意思。否定式为ought not to (oughtn't to ),疑问式为ought I/you ...to...
表示“责任和义务”
Such things ought not to be allowed ,ought they
这类事情不应该被准许，是吗？
Ought he to go --yes ,he ought to
表示“适当，合适或应该”
Coffee ought to be drunk while it is hot.
There ought to be more buses during g the rush hours.
表示可能性
Harry ought to win the race.
表示劝告和建议
I think you ought to eat more body-building food.
表示推测，按理说应该
It ought to have rained last night.
和should一样，后面可以与完成时连用，翻译成过去本应该做而未做和过去本不应该做却做了
You ought to have asked him earlier.你本应该早点去问他。
You oughtn't to have told her the news.你本不应该告诉她这个消息。
Have to /don't have to /mustn't的用法
have to 表示客观上的必要性，意为不得不。其疑问句和否定句有助动词do构成。
Have to的否定式don't have to表示没有义务和没有必要做某事。意为不必，常可以回答must 开头的疑问句。Must 的否定式mustn't 表示禁止，不许。
Need/needn't的用法
need 表示需要，必要既可作情态动词也可作实义动词。用作情态动词后跟动词原形，没有人称和数的变化，通常用在否定句和疑问句中。
翻译：我需要马上做这件事情吗？
时间很多，你不必要这么快就离开。
用作实义动词，有动词的各种形式的变化，可用于各种句型。构成疑问句和否定句要借助于do/does.
主语+need（s）+to do
主语时物+need（s）+doing /to be done.
翻译：这个房子需要修理下。
needn't have done 表示本来不必要做却做了
翻译：你本来没必要告诉我这个分数。
4.否定need为mustn't 否定must为needn't/don't have to
Step 4 Grammar practice
Dialogue 1:
A. I cannot do without it. B. You should go and look for it. C. Perhaps you can ring it D. But you must. E. should have taken more care of it. F. I can’t remember where
S1: Have you got my mobile phone I need it now.
S2: I’m sorry I’ve lost it. I put it down somewhere and 1_________________________.
S1: What! You 2______________________. You know it cost me a lot of money and
3 ______________. And you promised you’d return it.
S2: I’ve said I’m sorry.
S1: You have to do more about than that. 4__________________. Where did you go
S2: Well, I went to the shops in that large shopping center downtown. I had it when I bought my new trainers.
S1: You ought to have taken more care. What you need to do now is to go back to every shop you went into and ask them if they’ve seen it.
S2: Oh, no! I’m really tired.
S1:5 __________________. I need that phone.
S2: 6 _________________and see if anyone answers. Then we’ll know where to go and collect it.
S1: OK. Let’s try that.
6.板书设计：（Blackboard Design）
情态动词的主要特征Ought to 的用法Ought to 无人称和时态的变化。Ought to 可以表示义务，要求，劝告。常解释为应该或应当等。和should差不多，只是语气稍重些。有时可表示非常可能的意思。否定式为ought not to (oughtn't to ),疑问式为ought I/you Have to /don't have to /mustn't的用法have to 表示客观上的必要性，意为不得不。其疑问句和否定句有助动词do构成。Have to的否定式don't have to表示没有义务和没有必要做某事。意为不必，常可以回答must 开头的疑问句。Must 的否定式mustn't 表示禁止，不许。Need/needn't的用法need 表示需要，必要既可作情态动词也可作实义动词。用作情态动词后跟动词原形，没有人称和数的变化，通常用在否定句和疑问句中。用作实义动词，有动词的各种形式的变化，可用于各种句型。构成疑问句和否定句要借助于do/does.主语+need（s）+to do 主语时物+need（s）+doing /to be done.4.否定need为mustn't 否定must为needn't/don't have to
7.问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
Ask the Ss to turn back to page 10 to read through the passage COME AND EAT HERE .let the pick out the sentences using modal verbs and translate them into Chinese.
作业
语法练习
A类作业
1. —How’s your tour around the North Lake Is it beautiful
—It ________ be, but it is now heavily polluted.
A. will B. would C. should D. must
2. —Guess what! I have got A for my term paper.
—Great! You ______ read widely and put a lot of work into it.
A. Must B. should C. must have D. should have
3. The teacher _______have thought Johnson was worth it or she wouldn't have wasted time on him, I suppose.
A. should B. can C. would D. must
4. In crowded places like airports and railway stations,you___ take care of your luggage.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
5. My MP4 player isn’t in my bag. Where I have put it
A.can B.must C.should D.would
6. The biggest problem for most plants, which ________ just get up and run away when threatened, is that animals like to eat them
A. shan’t B. can’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t
7. —She looks very happy. She ______ have passed the exam.
—I guess so. It’s not difficult after all.
A. Should B. Could C. must D. might
8. —Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A.must put B.should have put C.might put D.might have put
9. As a result of the serious flood, two-thirds of the buildings in the area .
A.need rcpairing B.needs to repair C.needs repairing D.need to repair
10. I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I have driven her ther.
A.could B.must C.night D.should
B类作业
11. The boss has given everyone a special holiday, so we go to work tomorrow.
A．can’t B．mustn’t C．needn’t D．shouldn’t
12. 一What does the sign over there read
一“No person ________ smoke or carry a lighted cigarette，cigar or pipe in this area．
A．will B．may C．shall D. must
13. —My cat’s really fat.
—You ______ have given her so much food. A. wouldn’t B. couldn’t C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t
14. —What do you think we can do for our aged parents
—You ________ do anything except to be with them and be yourself.
A. don’t have to B. oughtn’t to C. mustn’t D. can’t
15. —Turn off the TV, Jack.. ____ your homework now
—Mum, just ten more minutes, please.
A.Should you be doing B. Shouldn't you be doing C. Couldn't you be doing D. Will you be doing
16. Liza ___ well not want to go on the trip --- she hates traveling.
A. will B. can C. must D. may
17. When I was young, I was told that I ______ play with matches
A. wouldn’t B. needn’t C. mustn’t D. daren’t
18.)According to the air traffic rules, you __ switch off your mobile phone before boarding.
A. may B. can C. would D. should
19. She ______ have left school, for her bike is still here. (08天津卷)
A. can’t B. wouldn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
20. ---I can’t find my purse anywhere. ---You have lost it while shopping.
A. may B. can C. should D. would
C类作业
21. Peter ______ be really difficult at times even though he’s a nice person in general.
A. shall B. should C. can D. must
22、Thank you for all your hard work last week. I don’t think we ______ it without you
A. can manage B. could have managed C. could manage D. can have managed
23、—I’m sorry. I ______ at you the other day.
—Forget it. I was a bit out of control myself.
A. shouldn’t shout B. shouldn’t have shouted C. mustn’t shout D. mustn’t have shouted
24、What a pity. Considering his ability and experience, he ____ better.
A. need have done B. must have done C. can have done D. might have done
25、You ______ be hungry already — you had lunch only two hours ago!
A. wouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
26、You don’t have to know the name of the author to find a book. You ___ find the book by the title.
must B. need C. can D. would
27 ---What sort of house do you want to have Something big
---Well, it be big--that’s not important.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. can’t D. won’t
28、Although this ____ sound like a simple task, great care is needed. A. must B. may C. shall D. should
29、It is usually warm in my hometown in March, but it _____ be rather cold sometime A. must B. can C. should D. would
1-5CCDCA 6-10BCDAD 11-15CCCAB 16-20DCDAA 21-25CBBDB 26-29CBBBUnit 3 Festivals around the World
Language points 1
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
The emphasis of this period will be placed on the important new words, expressions and sentences patterns in the parts Warming Up, Pre-reading and Comprehending.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Ss can understand the meanings of these words in the context, then the teacher will give some explanations. Later the Ss will be offered some exercises to master their usages.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
结果性目标（知识目标&能力目标）：
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions and key sentences: mean doing sth; take place ; of all kinds ;in memory of; etc.
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use some useful words and expressions correctly.
Enable the Ss to make sentences after the useful sentence patterns.
程序性目标（即过程与方法）：Teacher should pick up the important sentences and translate them to students, then point out the language points. Students can read the exercise book firstly and do some exercise in the class. If students have some questions, they can ask teacher and do with it.
体验性目标（情感目标）：
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Stimulate the Ss’ interest in learning English.
Develop the Ss’ knowledge of festivals.
4.教学重点和难点（important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
Enable the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions and key sentences.
#Teaching difficult points:
Enable the Ss to learn and use these phrases:
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step1. Read the new words and expressions in this unit loudly, and then do a dictation.
Step2. Listen to the text and ask some students to translate some sentences.
Step3. Learn some language points.
1. mean的用法
What do you mean to do with it
This means staying here longer.
mean to do意欲做 mean doing意味着做
Is this figure(数字) meant to a 1 or a 7
Festivals are meant to celebrate important events.
mean意欲,计划,意指
2. celebrate vt.
(1) 庆祝；祝贺
celebrate Christmas / one’s birthday / a victory
(2) 赞扬；称颂
The names of many heroes are celebrated by the poets.
词语辨析：celebrate, congratulate
celebrate后常接日期,事情或场合
congratulate后常接人
表示为某事而祝贺某人congratulate sb. on/upon sth.
ex：congratulate you on your marriage.
有时还表示私自庆幸的意思。
ex：I congratulated myself on my escape from being punished.
3. 英语中表示“发生”的词或短语均为不及物，不用于被动语态。主语为所发生的事。词语辨析：take place, happen, occur, come about, break out的比较
The wedding will take place tomorrow.
2）In 1919, the May 4th Movement took place in China.
take place发生,举行; 侧重安排或计划而发生的事,带有“非偶然”的意思
3) What has happened to her？碰巧，恰好
happen “发生”，普通用词，含义很广。常指具体客观事物或情况的发生，含有“偶然”的意味。
当以具体事物、事件作主语时，happen 和 occur可以换用；但当happen用作“碰巧”之意时，不能用occur代替，但可以与come about 互换。
4) It happened to rain that day. 。
5) The traffic accident occurred on Wednesday.
occur “发生，出现”,较正式用词，指事情偶然地、意外地发生或思想突然浮在心头。occur to 有“想起”的意思。
6) The Second World War broke out in 1939.
break out (火灾、战争、疾病)突然发生、爆发
7) How does it come about that you were caught by the police
come about “发生”, 常指偶然发生的事情。且很多时候与how 连用。与happen 用法较接近
4. starve:
vt.使饿死
vi.饿得要死
starve to death
be starved of/ starve for:
渴望消息starve for news
她很寂寞,渴望友谊She's lonely, and starving for friendship。
The motherless children were starved of/ were starving for affection. …. s渴望母爱
n. starvation
die of starvation
5. a year/ day of plenty 富裕/丰收的年月
days/ years of plenty
——Have we got enough apples
——Yes, there are plenty in the basket.
plenty of +复数n/ 不可数n
plenty of eggs/ food/milk… 足够的…
6. honour
1) 光荣，荣誉(n)
They fight for the honour of the country.
One must show honour to one’s parents.
2) in honour of 为了纪念
A festival is set in honour of the hero.
3) an hounour 光荣的人或事情
Liu Xiang is an honour to our country.
4) 尊敬,给以荣誉（v）
Children should honour their parents.
6. 板书设计
Unit 3 Festivals around the WorldLanguage points 11. mean的用法mean to do意欲做 mean doing意味着做mean意欲,计划,意指2. celebrate vt.(1) 庆祝；祝贺(2) 赞扬；称颂词语辨析：celebrate, congratulatecelebrate后常接日期,事情或场合congratulate后常接人表示为某事而祝贺某人congratulate sb. on/upon sth. 有时还表示私自庆幸的意思。3. 英语中表示“发生”的词或短语均为不及物，不用于被动语态。主语为所发生的事。词语辨析：take place, happen, occur, come about, break out的比较4. starve: vt.使饿死vi.饿得要死starve to death be starved of/ starve for: 渴望消息starve for newsn. starvation die of starvation5. a year/ day of plenty 富裕/丰收的年月 days/ years of plenty plenty of +复数n/ 不可数n 6. honour 1) 光荣，荣誉(n) 2) in honour of 为了纪念
7. 问题研讨
课堂提问： Translate these sentences :
A : The country，covered with cherry tree flowers，looks as though it is covered with pink snow.
B : Festivals and celebrations of all kinds have been held everywhere since ancient
times.
C : Some festivals are held to honor the dead or to satisfy the ancestors, who might return either to help or do harm.
练习：
Read the new words and expressions in this unit loudly, and then do a dictation.
作业：
Part 1 (A level) 单句改错
1. It’s wrong for us to play tricks with our parents. ________
2. The letter I am looking forward to having arrived at last. ________
3. What a great fun it is to go for a picnic! ________
4. With his homework finishing, he went out and played. ________
5. It is quite obviously that it is a boring task. _______
6. On their arrive, we welcomed them warmly. ________
7. Suddenly my father noticed me passed by. ________
8. He could not have Yong Hui got away with telling people lies! ________
9. He is preparing for his speech for the meeting tomorrow. ________
10. He seems that he is a good student. ________
(1. with—on 2. having—has 3. a 去掉 4. finishing—finished 5. obviously –obvious
6. arrive—arrival 7. passed—passing 8. got—getting 9. for 去掉 10. He—It )
Part 2 (B level) 单词运用 根据句子的结构和意义，以及首字母的提示，在空格处填入一个恰当的单词。
1. What do you hope to g________ from the course
2. Missing a meal once in a while never did anyone any h________.
3. On a________ at the police station, they were taken to an interview room. (到达)
4. Jack has passed his examination, so we’re going out to c____________.
5. Whole communities s________ to death during the long drought. (饿死)
(1.gain 2.harm 3.arrival 4.celebrate 5. starved)
Part 3 (C level) 单词拓展
1.________n．美人；美 ________adj.美丽的 ________adv.美丽地 ________vt.美化
2．________n．庆祝 ________vt.庆祝
3．________n．起源 ________adj.原先的 ________vi.起源于
4．________n．信任 ________vt.相信
短语回顾
1.________place 发生
2．________memory of 纪念；追念
3．dress________ 盛装；打扮；装饰
4．________a trick on 搞恶作剧；诈骗；开玩笑
5．________forward to 期望；期待；盼望
6．day________night 日夜；昼夜；整天
7．________though 好像
8．have________with 玩得开心
(单词拓展 1．beauty；beautiful； beautifully；beautify 2.celebration；celebrate 3.origin；original；originate 4.belief；believe
短语回顾 1．take 2.in 3.up 4.play 5.look 6.and 7.as 8.fun )Unit 2 Healthy Eating
Period 2 ReadingⅠ
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
This is the second teaching period of this unit. The reading passage Come and Eat Here(1) introduces Ss to two unbalanced diets through the restaurants of Wang Peng and Yong Hui. Food at Wang Peng’s restaurant contains too much fat while Yong Hui’s restaurant offers little energy-giving food.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）The reading passage is a kind of story which is easy for Ss to understand. It is important for Ss to know about the two extremes and avoid them. Ss are required to do the exercises in Comprehending to see how much they have understood the reading passage.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. words and expressions
energy, fiber, digestion, bean, cucumber, mushroom, lemon, ham, mutton, roast, slim, curiosity, raw, lie, customer, muscle, cheese, protective, frustrated, drive, sugary, body-building, energy-giving， newly-opened, balanced diet, ought to, tired of, throw away, get away with, tell lies, take off, be amazed at, do some research
b. important sentences
His fried rice was hot but did not taste of fat.
Tired of all that fat Want to be thinner Only slimming food served here.
I will take all that fat off you in two weeks if you eat here every day.
It was not giving its customers energy-giving food!
Something terrible must have happened if Maochang was not coming to eat with him as he always did.
He wondered if he should go to the library to find out.
He couldn’t have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies!
能力目标(Ability aims)
a. Enable students to talk about their eating.
In what ways the food you eat helps you
How can you have a healthy diet
What will happen if you don’t have a balanced diet
b. Understand the text and answer the following questions.
What happened to Wang Pengwei’s restaurant
Why would his customers prefer to eat at Yong Hui’s restaurant
What did he do after leaving Yong Hui’s restaurant
c. Understand the details about the text and retell the text in the role of Wang Pengwei.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Enable the students to learn how to talk about their eating.
What does a healthy diet mean
Is what Yong Hui did right Why
What will you do if you are Wang Pengwei
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
a. Identify different groups of foods and talk about healthy eating.
b. What kind of food did they provide for their customers, healthy or unhealthy Why
#Teaching difficult points:
a. Understand the real meaning of healthy eating.
b. How was the competition going on Who would win
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I Warming up
You are what you eat.
人如其食。
First wealth is health.
健康是人生的第一财富。
An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
一天一个苹果，医生不来找。
----Emerson
Step 2 Reading
A、fast reading
1、What was served in Pengwei’s restaurant and Yonghui’s restaurant
Pengwei’s : mutton kebabs, roast pork, fried rice, cola, and ice cream,
Yonghui’s : raw vegetables, fruit and water.
2、Whose restaurant will you eat in if you want to become fat
Pengwei’s
Whose restaurant will you eat in if you want to become thin
Yonghui’s
B、 Careful reading：T or F
a. Usually Wang Pengwei’s restaurant was full of people. (T )
b. Yong Hui served a balanced diet. ( F)
c. Yong Hui could make people thin in two weeks by giving them a good diet. (F)
d. Wang Pengwei’s customers often became fat after eating in his reataurant. (T)
e. Yong Hui’s menu gives them energy foods. (F )
f. Wang Pengwei’s menu gives tem foods containing fiber. (F)
g. Wang Pengwei admired Yong Hui’s restaurant when he saw the menu. (F )
h. Wang Pengwei decided to copy Yong Hui’s menu. (F )
Step3 Caparison:
Step4 Creative thinking
The future restaurant
Name
Menu
Price
···
Welcome to the ________, the diet should be balanced. The menus are__________________________. The prices ought to /should (not) be _________. …
Step 5 Retelling the whole story
What did they sell at their restaurants at first
What are the problems with their diets
What did they do to solve the problem
What was the result
板书设计：
You are what you eat. 人如其食。
First wealth is health. 健康是人生的第一财富。
An apple a day keeps the doctor away. 一天一个苹果，医生不来找。
a. Usually Wang Pengwei’s restaurant was full of people.
b. Yong Hui served a balanced diet.
c. Yong Hui could make people thin in two weeks by giving them a good diet.
d. Wang Pengwei’s customers often became fat after eating in his reataurant.
e. Yong Hui’s menu gives them energy foods.
f. Wang Pengwei’s menu gives tem foods containing fiber.
g. Wang Pengwei admired Yong Hui’s restaurant when he saw the menu.
h. Wang Pengwei decided to copy Yong Hui’s menu.
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问
1、What was served in Pengwei’s restaurant and Yonghui’s restaurant
2、Whose restaurant will you eat in if you want to become fat
3、Whose restaurant will you eat in if you want to become thin
4、Retelling
What did they sell at their restaurants at first
What are the problems with their diets
What did they do to solve the problem
What was the result
作业
(A level)翻译
1. 我现在负债累累。
I’m ____________ ____________ ________________ at the moment.
2. 这本书对我没有多大益处。
This book wasn’t _____________ much ____________________ to me.
3. 你怎样才能重新赢得她的信任？
How ________ you____________________________________ her trust
4. 学生应该把他们在学校学到的知识和实际相结合。
Students________ ________ what they have learned at school ______ real practice.
5.那些撒谎和欺骗别人的人决不会逃得过惩罚。
_______________________________________________________________________ .
Keys：
1. heavily in debt/in heavy debt 2. of, benefit 3. can, win back
4. should/ must combine, with
5. Those who lie/tell lies and cheat will never get away with it.
(B level)单词拼写
1. “You did a bad job!” She ________________________(叹息).
2. It is important to know your own ________________________ ( 缺点 ). 3. The __________ ( 生的) materials of this factory come from the mountain.
4. Have you _______________________ (咨询) your lawyer about this
5. Children always show ___________________ ( 好奇心 ) about everything.
6. She is not s___________________ enough to wear these tight trousers.
7. His ability to improve his work is very l_______________ .
8. Have you d_________________ everything that is important in the book
9.There is no v_____________ at home for cooking;will you go to buy some
10. The boss demands all the assistants in his shop remember “c_______________ first”.
Keys：1. sighed 2. weakness 3.raw 4.consulted 5.curiosity 6.slim 7. limited 8. digested 9.vinegar 10. customers
(C level)单选
1. The competition between the two restaurants was______.
A. in B. on C. away D. out
2. There was a lot of fun at yesterday’s party.You_______ have come, but why didn’t you
A. must B. shouldn’t C. needn’t D. ought to
3. Filled with anger, he didn’t shout or awear, but just ________ silently at me.
A. looked B. stared C. glared D. spied
4. “You can’t catch me!” Jane shouted, ________ away.
A. run B. running C.to run D. ran
5.—Are you satisfied with this hotel
—Not a little. We can’t have _________ .
A. a nicer one B. a worse one C. such a bad one D. so nice one
6. The article is too long and should be _______ by half.
A. cut down B. cut off C. turned down D. turned off
7. It’s dangerous to have the fire _______ at home all night long.
A. to burn B. burn C. burned D. burning
8. She _________ down her book and ________ in bed.
A. laid; lay B. lay; laid C. laid; laid D. lay; lay
9. I got up early this morning, but I ________ so because I was not on duty today.
A. mustn’t have done B. needn’t have done
C. didn’t need to do D. can’t have done
10. —Did you call to book a ticket for the concert
—Not yet, but I _______ .
A. should have B. may C. ought to D. shall
Keys：1—5 BDCBA 6—10 ADABAUnit 2 Healthy Eating
Language points 1
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
The emphasis of this period will be placed on the important new words, expressions and sentences patterns in the parts Warming Up, Pre-reading and Comprehending about healthy eating.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Ss can understand the meanings of these words in the context, then the teacher will give some explanations. Later the Ss will be offered some exercises to master their usages.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
结果性目标（知识目标&能力目标）：
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions: fiber,digestion,bean,slim,curiosity,lie,debt,glare,limit,benefit,item,protective get rid of, throw away, get away with, tell lies, etc.
Get the Ss to learn and grasp the key sentences:
Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.
He thought of his mutton, beef and bacon cooked in the …..
Suddenly he saw his friend Li Chang hurrying by.
Something terrible must have happened, if ……
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use some useful words and expressions correctly.
Enable the Ss to make sentences after the useful sentence patterns.
程序性目标（即过程与方法）：Teacher should pick up the important sentences and ask the Ss to translate them, then point out the language points. Students can read the exercise book firstly and do some exercise in the class. If students have some questions, they can ask teacher and do with it.
体验性目标（情感目标）：
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Stimulate the Ss’ interest in learning English.
Develop the Ss’ knowledge of healthy eating.
4.教学重点和难点（important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
Enable the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions and key sentences.
#Teaching difficult points:
Enable the Ss to learn and use these phrases: get rid of, throw away, get away with, tell lies, etc.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step1. Read the new words and expressions in this unit loudly.
Step2. Listen to the text and ask some students to translate some sentences.
Step3. Learn some language points.
diet n.日常饮食 / v. 节食
put sb. on a diet 给某人规定饮食
词语辨析：diet & food
Diet：惯常的或规定的食物，指维持健康的定量或定质的食物。是可数名词，常与a连用。
Food：食物，营养品；为一般用语，指任何能吃且具有营养的东西。是不可数名词，但在表示食物的种类时，可以用复数。
Eg. （你必须改善你的饮食。）You need to improve your diet.
(手术之后，医生规定了他的饮食。) The doctor put him on a diet after operation.
2. balance v.权衡；保持平衡 n. 平衡；天平；结余
Lose one’s balance 失去平衡
Be out of balance 不平衡
Keep one’s balance 保持平衡
Eg. （你必须处理好工作与娱乐的关系。）You should balance work and play.
(当我向后仰时失去了平衡。) When I bent back, I lost my balance.
“Nothing could be better, ” he thought. 他想：“再没有比这些更好吃的了。”
句中形容词（或副词）的比较级better（与否定词）nothing 连用，表达最高级含义。
Eg. Your story is perfect. I’ve never heard a better one before.
Want to lose weight 想变瘦吗？
Lose weight 减肥
Gain weight / put on weight 体重增加
Support the weight of … 承受……的重量
Eg. （近来他的体重增加了。）He has gained some weight recently.
(这些柱子需承受屋顶的重量。) The posts have to support the weight of the roof.
have sb. doing sth. 让某人做某事（强调持续性）；与won’t / can’t / couldn’t 连用时，表示“制止；拒绝”，“不允许，不容忍某人做某事”。
Have sb. do sth. (= make / let sb. do sth.) 让某人干某事
Have / get sth. done 请别人做某事，蒙受，遭遇
Eg. （You should understand the traffic rule by now. You’ve had it explained often enough.）
get away with 被放过 get over 从疾病中恢复 get rid of 除去
tell lies / tell a lie 说谎
win…back 重新获得，夺回
strength n.优点，长处; 力量（强壮，力气。指固有的力量，如人的气力，精力，也指物的强度或潜力）
词义辨析：power（力量，人做事或行动的能力，复数指体力，智力。常常指人的“权力”和物的“动力”）
Force（指外在力量，复数指兵力，武力。）
Energy（指人的精力，干劲，也指能量。）
6. 板书设计
Unit 2 Healthy Eating1.diet n.日常饮食 / v. 节食put sb. on a diet 给某人规定饮食 词语辨析：diet & food2. balance v.权衡；保持平衡 n. 平衡；天平；结余 Lose one’s balance 失去平衡 Be out of balance 不平衡 Keep one’s balance 保持平衡3. “Nothing could be better, ” he thought. 他想：“再没有比这些更好吃的了。”句中形容词（或副词）的比较级better（与否定词）nothing 连用，表达最高级含义。4. Lose weight 减肥 Gain weight / put on weight 体重增加Support the weight of … 承受……的重量5.have sb. doing sth. 让某人做某事（强调持续性）；与won’t / can’t / couldn’t 连用时，表示“制止；拒绝”，“不允许，不容忍某人做某事”。Have sb. do sth. (= make / let sb. do sth.) 让某人干某事Have / get sth. done 请别人做某事，蒙受，遭遇get away with 被放过 get over 从疾病中恢复 get rid of 除去tell lies / tell a lie 说谎win…back 重新获得，夺回strength n.优点，长处; 力量 词义辨析：power 、Force 、Energy
7. 问题研讨
课堂提问： Translate these sentences :
A : Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.
B : He thought of his mutton, beef and bacon cooked in the …..
C : Suddenly he saw his friend Li Chang hurrying by.
D : Something terrible must have happened, if ……
练习：完成句子中横线部分。
（你必须改善你的饮食。）You need to improve your diet.
(手术之后，医生规定了他的饮食。) The doctor put him on a diet after operation.
（你必须处理好工作与娱乐的关系。）You should balance work and play.
(当我向后仰时失去了平衡。) When I bent back, I lost my balance.
（近来他的体重增加了。）He has gained some weight recently.
(这些柱子需承受屋顶的重量。) The posts have to support the weight of the roof.
作业：
Part 1 (A level) 下列各句均有一处错误，请找出并改正。
1. Why not having a try once again
2. The pipe serves for all the houses with water.
3. Perseverance (毅力) is a kind of quality — and that’s that it takes to do anything well.
4. I couldn’t get through the gate because your car was on the way.
5. Tim has married to Mary for more than 10 years.
6. He speaks English well indeed, but of course not as fluent as a native speaker.
7. Who would you have to post the letter
8. The man slipped and falling when getting off the bus.
9. They provided the sufferers for food and clothes.
10. “We can’t go out in this weather,” said Bob, and looking out of the window.
1. having→have。
2. 去掉for。
3. 把第二个that改为what。
4. on→in。
5. 在has后加been。
6. fluent→fluently。
7. 去掉to。
8. falling→fell。
9. for→with。
10. 去掉and。
Part 2 (B level) 从下列五句话中选出适当的句子，将句子前的字母写在横线上。
A. I have interest in playing the violin and I’ll continue to practise playing it.
B. Now we have five-day classes every week, so we have more spare time than before.
C. So do I, but I’m weak in the theory of music.
D. I would ask him for his advice.
E. I’ll go to the cinema.
F. How do you spend your spare time then, Lily
G. Yes, of course.
A: 1
B: How do you spend your spare time, Timmy
A: 2
B: Do you often take part in a concert
A: Yes, I like to go listening to some music. At present my major objective is to learn from others.
B: Do you like classical music or pop
A: I like both. 3
B: Playing the piano is my favourite activity.
A: Our hobbies are similar to each other. I hope we can often exchange experience together.
B: 4
A: Me, too. Would you like to go with me to my uncle He’s a professor of the Institute of Music.
B: I’m glad to go with you. 5
1-5 BAFCD
Part 3 (C level) 翻译下面单词和短语
1. 平衡膳食 __________________ 2. 应当,应该__________________
3. 对…厌倦,厌烦_______________ 4. 扔掉 __________________
5. 被放过 __________________ 6. 说谎 _________________
7. 好奇心 __________________ 8. 消化力;领悟 ______________
9. 力量;长处 _________________ 10. 虚弱;缺点 _________________
11. 摆脱;出去__________________ 12. 谋生 ___________________
13. 数量 __________________ 14. 欠债 __________________
15..轻轻地 __________________ 16. 有限的 __________________
17.利益;有助于 ________________ 18. 使联合 __________________
19. 精力;能量 ________________ 20. 怒目而视 _________________
1. 平衡膳食 balanced diet 2. 应当,应该 ought to
3. 对…厌倦,厌烦 be ( get ) tired of 4. 扔掉 throw away
5. 被放过 get away with 6. 说谎 tell lies
7. 好奇心 curiosity 8. 消化力;领悟 digestion
9. 力量;长处 strength 10. 虚弱;缺点 weakness
11. 摆脱;出去 get rid of 12. 谋生 earn/ make one’s living
13. 数量 amount 14. 欠债 be in debt
15.轻轻地 gently 16. 有限的 limited
17.利益;有助于 benefit 18. 使联合 combine
19. 精力;能量 energy 20. 怒目而视 glare at必修Ⅴ Unit 4 Making the news
The first period
The analysis of teaching materials（教材分析）:
This is the first period of this unit. In this period, students are expected to retell the contents of the reading passage. The purpose is to review the passage and further understand the contents of the texts. At the same time, students can have chance to practice their oral English. After that, it is very necessary to deal with the language points in the Warning up and reading passage, which helps the students to enlarge their vocabulary and strengthen their English basic skills. What’s more, there are some exercises designed to consolidate these words and expressions.
Vocabulary and some important sentence patterns play an important role in learning English. So this class will focus on reviewing the words and phrases of this unit to enlarge the students’ vocabulary, such as assist, acquire, assess, inform, case, demand, approve and so on. At the same time, this class will get the students to recite ten simple sentences.
The analysis of students（学情分析）：
Most of our students’ vocabulary is limited, and they are not very interested in English learning. Besides, they are not very willing to recite words and sentences by themselves after class. So we must pay more attention to this and try our best to help them remember more words and expressions.
● 三维目标
1. Knowledge:
Learn and master the new words and expressions in this period.
Words: assist, acquire, assess, inform, case, demand, approve
Phrases: concentrate on, depend on, accuse … of …
Sentences:
① Not only am I interested in photography, but I took an amateur course at university to update my skills.
② A footballer was accused of taking money for deliberately not scoring goals so as to let the other team win.
2. Ability:
⑴ Enable the students to the contents of the texts in English.
⑵ Enable the students to use the new words and expression freely.
3. Emotion:
⑴ Further understand the main idea of the text.
⑵ Encourage the students to enlarge their vocabulary and strengthen their English basic skills.
⑶ Develop the students’ quality of overcoming difficulties in study.
⑷ Develop the students’ interests of studying English.
● Teaching goals for the students(教学目标):
To get the students to remember the following words and phrases : (C类)
1．________adj.值得赞扬的；令人钦佩的 2．________n.业余爱好者
3．________vt.更新；使现代化 4．________adv.故意地
5．________adj.犯罪的；有罪的；内疚的 6．________vt.出版；发行；发表；公布
7．________adj.彻底的；详尽的 8．________n．约会；任命
9．________vt.帮助；协助；援助→________n．帮助；援助→________n．助手；助理 10．________vt.递交；呈递(文件等) 11．________vt.集中；聚集→________n.关注；12．________vt.获得；取得；学到 13．________vt.评估；评定→________n．评定；
14．________vt.告知；通知→________n．信息；消息 15．________vt.指责；谴责；
16．________n．需求；要求 vt.强烈要求 17．________adj.精确的；正确的
18．________adj.年长的；高年级的；高级的→(反义词)________青年的；低下的
19．________vt.赞成；认可；批准→________n．批准；认可
20．________vt.加工；处理 n．过程；程序；步骤
Keys: 1．admirable 2.amateur 3.update 4．deliberately 5.guilty 6.publish 7.thorough 8．appointment 9.assist；assistance；assistant 10.submit 11.concentrate；concentration 12.acquire 13.assess；assessment 14．inform；information 15.accuse 16.demand 17.accurate 18.senior；junior 19.approve；approval 20.process
To get the students recite the following four sentences:
(1.) Anyway，I am against you going abroad for your study.
(2.) The safety of the food has become the focus of the society.
(3.) One of the disadvantages is that you have no chance to take exercise.
(4.) The first chart shows that more accidents have happened this year.
3. To get the students to master the usage of the following words:
assist, acquire, assess, inform, case, demand, approve
Teaching important and difficult points(教学重难点):
To get the students to master the usage of the following words: assist, acquire, assess, inform, case, demand, approve
Teaching procedures（教学流程）:
Step One: Ask the students to read and recite the following ten sentences on Page One:
1. Anyway，the true meaning of our life is not its length，but its value.
2. Recently，the prevention of H1N1 has become the focus of the society.
3. Nowadays there is a growing concern for the safety of the daily food.
4. There is an old proverb which says “Where there is a will，there is way.”
5. The table indicates that women are more likely to be infected with AIDS.
6. It can be seen from the figures that these lakes are still seriously polluted.
7. We will appreciate it if you can provide us with many high quality articles regularly.
8. As a result，the terrible fire kept burning for 33 hours，causing a heavy loss to the city.
9. One of the advantages is that studying abroad helps know better about the foreign culture.
10. So we are strongly against the idea that we won't have listening test in the coming English examinations.
Step Two: Go over the following words and phrases:
assist, acquire, assess, inform, case, demand, approve
First lead the reading these words and phrases and then get the students do the following exercises and check answers with them:
选词填空
Assist; concentrate on; inform; accuse…of; meanwhile
1. The final exam is coming and all the students are________their study. (C类)
2. It's necessary for you to________your mother of your arrival early. （B类）
3. The professor felt easy because his two students would________him with the experiment. （B类）
4. His father was________murder by the police and he might be sentenced to death. （A类）
5. Mother went shopping; in the________，I gave the kitchen a thorough cleaning. （B类）
Keys: 1. concentrating on 2. inform 3. assist 4. accused of 5. meanwhile
二. 补全句子
1．As an adult，you shouldn't __________ (依靠)your parents. （B类）
2．___________ (不但)I meet the famous star，but also I had a photo taken with him. （A类）
3．___________ (在某些情况下)people have had to wait several weeks for an appointment.
（B类）
4．Tom demanded that she ____________ (立刻回答)． （A类）
5．The man ___________ (被指控)murder. （B类）
Keys: 1．depend on 2.Not only did 3.In some cases 4.should answer immediately
5.was accused of
Step Three: Language Points:
1．assist n. 帮助；援助；协助
(1) assist sb. to do sth. 帮助某人做某事 assist sb. in/with 帮助某人某事
assist sb. in doing sth. 帮助某人做某事
(2) assistance n．帮助；援助 give/lend assistance to sb. 给某人提供帮助
afford/offer assistance 提供援助 come to one's assistance 帮助某人
(3) assistant n．助手；店员
【随堂落实】运用上述词汇根据下面的情景完成短文。 (C类)
After school, I often (1)________monitor to close the windows as well as the lights in the classroom. Besides, I sometimes assist her (2)________her maths. Of course, she is also a kind girl who often lends (3)________to her classmates. Whenever anyone is in trouble, she is always ready to come to his or her (4)________．
【答案】 (1)assist (2)with/in (3)assistance (4)assistance
2．acquire v. 获得；取得；学到
acquire sth.得到/掌握/获得…… acquire a taste for开始喜欢上……
acquire a knowledge of学会…
词义辨析：acquire/obtain/get
acquire强调经过努力或某一过程得到某物，宾语多为知识、技能等抽象的东西；也指日积月累渐渐地获得。
obtain多指获得所需或期望已久的东西。
get是一般用语，用途很广。可指以任何方式得到某物，也不一定要经过努力。
【随堂落实】
The school is giving most of these children hope for the future by providing them a chance to________knowledge. （B类）
A．require B．acquire C．achieve D．enquire
【解析】 句意：通过给他们一个获得知识的机会，这个学校使大部分孩子对未来充满希望。require要求；acquire获得；achieve达到，完成，实现；enquire查询。
【答案】 B
3．assess v．评定；评估；征税
(1) assess sb./sth.评价/评估某人/事 assess sth. at估价为……
(2) assessable adj.可估计的；可估价的 be assessable可评估的；可评价的
(3) assessment n．估价；评价 make an assessment of评估……
【随堂落实】
Ten experts will________the value of the young scientist's invention once again. （B类）
A．assess B．assist C．develop D．adopt
【解析】 句意：专家们将再一次评估这位年轻科学家的发明的价值。assess评估，评定； assist帮助；develop发展；adopt采纳，收养。由句意选A项。
【答案】 A
4．inform v. 通知；告诉
inform sb. of/about通知某人有关…… inform sb. that...通知某人……
keep sb. informed of/about... 通知某人关于……；使某人知道……
be well informed of/about精通某事；对……消息灵通
be informed of...听说；接到……的通知
【随堂落实】
Please keep us________of any change of address as soon as possible. （A类）
A．informing B．informed C．being informed D．to inform
【解析】 us与inform之间为动宾关系，所以此处应用过去分词informed作宾语补足语。
【答案】 B
5．case n. 情况；病例；案例
in case of万一……；如果发生…… in case以防；万一
in any case无论如何；总之 in no case决不
in that case如果是那样的话；在那种情况下 in the case of就……来说；关于
as is often the case这是常有的事
【随堂落实】
I shall stay in the hotel all day________there is news of the missing child. （B类）
A．in case B．no matter C．in any case D．in case of
【解析】 in case假使，免得，以防万一，符合句意。
【答案】 A
6．demand v．& n. 要求；需要
demand to do sth.要求做某事 demand of sb. to do sth.要求某人做某事
demand sth. of sb.要求某人某事 demand that...(should)要求……
in demand (of)需要 (no) demand for...(不)需要
make demands of/on对……提出要求 meet the demand满足需要；符合要求
注意：demand后面的从句用虚拟语气，即should＋动词原形，should可省略。
【随堂落实】介词填空 （C类）
(1) Medical workers are________great demand in the earthquake－stricken areas.
(2) Is there any demand________teachers in this city
【答案】 (1)in (2)for
7．approve v. 赞成；称赞；批准
(1) approve sth.通过/批准…… approve of sth.赞同/赞成……
(2) approval n．批准；赞同；赞成 general approval一致同意
【随堂落实】单句改错 （B类）
Finally, her parents approved her marriage.
___________________________________________________________
The government approved of a plan for supporting the housing program.
___________________________________________________________
【答案】 (1)在approved后加of (2)去掉approved后的of
Step Four Summary and homework
Learn the words and phrases by heart.
Exercises Ⅰand Ⅱ in Book 361°
板 书 设 计
(1.) Anyway，I am against you going abroad for your study.(2.) The safety of the food has become the focus of the society.(3.) One of the disadvantages is that you have no chance to take exercise.(4.) The first chart shows that more accidents have happened this year.。。。。。。。 1．assist n. 帮助；援助；协助 (1) assist sb. to do sth. 帮助某人做某事2．acquire v. 获得；取得；学到 acquire sth.得到/掌握/获得……3．assess v．评定；评估；征税 (1) assess sb./sth.评价/评估某人/事4．inform v. 通知；告诉 inform sb. of/about通知某人有关……。。。。。。
Ⅰ.单词拼写:
1．If it's a legal matter you need to seek ________ （专业的） advice. （B类）
2．Let's give the room a________ （彻底的） cleaning. （B类）
3．We must study hard to________ （获得） more knowledge when we are young. （B类）
4．He made an________ （约会） for his son to see the doctor. （C类）
5．This is an________ （精确） statement of what happened. （B类）
Keys: 1.professional 2.thorough 3.acquire 4.appointment 5.accurate
Ⅱ.完成句子:
1．正在建设中的大楼将是我们的实验楼。（B类）
The building being built ________________.
2．我不同意你躺在床上抽烟。（B类）
I_ __________in bed.
3．陈水扁被指控向公众说谎。（B类）
Chen Shuibian____________________________.
4．请来信把你的计划告诉我。（C类）
Please______________________by letter.
5．大家都将帮助修理屋顶。（B类）
Everyone will__________________.
Keys: 1. is to be our lab 2. don't approve of you smoking
3. was accused of lying to the public 4. inform me of your plan
5. assist in mending the roof
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．You can________this kind of skill by watching him painting carefully and all－heartedly. （B类）
A．acquire B．achieve C．finish D．desire
2．________apologize to his wife，he managed to send his wife a card，________“Darling，please forgive me！” （B类）
A．So as to；said B．So as to；saying
C．In order to；said D．In order to；saying
3． 2010·西安模拟 The officer demanded that such things________from happening again. （A类）
A．prevented B．prevent C．be prevented D．were prevented
4．You'd better cut your hair short. Our school does not________too long hair. （A类）
A．approve of students wore B．approve students to wear
C．approve of students to wear D．approve of students wearing
5．The students can't________their studies when they are tired. （B类）
A．insist on B．consist of C．persist in D．concentrate on
6．The witness________the old woman________telling lies on the court. （B类）
A．charged；of B．charged；for C．accused；of D．accused；for
7．She often assists me________my study，and I have made________.（B类）
A．in；progress B．with；great progress
C．in；a progress D．with；great progresses
8．The amount you pay________on where you live. （B类）
A．depends B．accords C．departs D．depresses
9．The photos on the wall________my mother of those happy old days when a large family lived together. （B类）
A．inform B．approve C．remind D．retell
10．She may have missed the train，________she won't arrive for another hour.
（A类）
A．in which case B．in her case C．in any case D．in that case
Keys: 1～5 ADCDD 6～10 CBACAUnit 2 Using language----language points
教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
In this passage, there are some language points need out students learn and use. Those language points are not difficult, students can learn them by themselves before class and do some exercise on the Exercise Book.
学情分析（analysis of the students）
This is the second passage in this unit, for the words and sentences are not very difficult, students can learn them first before class. Teacher can guide students do some self-learning and then check their homework. Of course, in this period, students should grasp the usage of the important words and can express their ideas with them.
教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
A. Words and expressions：earn one’s living; in debt; glare; spy on; limited; benefit; breast; garlic; sigh; combine; cut down; before long; put on weight
B. Sentences
a. Perhaps he would be able to earn his living after all and not have to close his restaurant.
b. He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
c. I don't want to upset you, but I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
d. Perhaps we ought to combine our ideas and provide a balanced menu with food full of energy and fibre.
e. In this way they cut down the fat and increased the fibre in the meal.
f. Their balanced diets became such a success that before long Wang Peng became slimmer and Yong Hui put on more weight.
能力目标(Ability aims):
Get students to use some useful new words and expressions correctly.
Enable students to make sentences after the useful sentence patterns.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Stimulate students interest in learning English.
Let students can express their ideas about the balanced diets with new words and expressions.
Develop students’ spirit cooperation and teamwork.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
Enable students to grasp the usages of such important new words and expressions as diet, balance, consult, limit, benefit, combine, before long etc.
Get students to master the sentences that we learn in this period.
#Teaching difficult points:
Let students learn the usage of the new words and expressions.
Get students to understand some difficult and long sentences.
教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Lead-in
Check the homework.
Read the new words and expressions of this passage: earn one’s living; in debt; glare; spy on; limited; benefit; breast; garlic; sigh; combine; cut down; before long; put on weight
Step 2 language points
…she did not consult a doctor…
consult vi & vt 商议，商量，请教，咨询，找（医生）诊治
They consulted long, but could not decide.
拓展： consult a doctor about one’s illness 找医生治病
consult reference books 翻阅参考书 consult the dictionary 查字典
consult the telephone directory 查看电话薄
Perhaps he would be able to earn his living after all and not have to close his restaurant.
earn 1) vt & vi 赚得，挣钱 earn money 赚钱
2） vt 获得，博得，使得到，使获得， 使值得
If you grant my request, you will earn my thanks.
3) earn one’s a living = make a living 谋生，以……为生
As long as you work hard, it is not difficult to earn your living.
拓展： make a (one’s) living 谋生 earn an income 挣得收入
earn one’s bread 谋生，维持生计 earn one’s praise 赢得赞扬
He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
debt n. 债务，欠债，负债状况
be in debt 欠债，负债 反义词; out of debt 还清债务
be in debt to sb. (= be in sb’s debt) 欠某人的情，欠债
pay off the debts 还清债务
eg： The man is in heavy debt/ in debt/ heavily in debt.
I don't want to upset you, but I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
limited adj. 有限的 My vocabulary is quite limited.
limit n. 界限；限度 There is a limit to the amount of pain we can bear.
vt 限制，限定（ limit…into…）We must limit our expenses.
benefit n. 利益，益处，帮助；具体的好处
The cooperation will bring some benefits.
vt. & vi 有益于；有助于，受益（常与from, by 连用）
The fresh air will benefit you.
We benefit from/ by his help.
拓展： be of benefit to … 对……有益
for the benefit of= for sb’s benefit 对某人的利益
be beneficial to 对……有益 benefit from/ by 有益于
Perhaps we ought to combine our ideas and provide a balanced menu with food full of energy and fibre.
combine vt & vi （使）联合； （使）结合
combine… and/ with… 使……和……结合在一起
be combined with 与……结合
eg: Oil and water don’t combine.
Some films combine education with entertainment.
In this way they cut down the fat and increased the fibre in the meal.
cut down 砍到，减少，删减，删节
The apple tree was dead and he cut it down.
cut out 删（省）掉，戒掉 cut off 中止；关掉
cut in 插嘴；突然插入 cut… short… 将……缩短；截短
cut up 切碎 cut away 切掉；砍掉；逃走
Their balanced diets became such a success that before long Wang Peng…
before long 不久以后
Just have a little more patience, and the operation will be finished before long.
拓展： 1） It will be/ is long before + 从句（一般现在时） “过了很久才……”
2） It was long before+ 从句（一般过去时，过去将来时） “过了很久才……”
3） It will not be long before + 从句 （一般现在时）与 It was not long before + 从句（一般过去时或过去将来时） “不久就……”
辨析： before long ； long before
易混词组 词性 词义 辨析 例句
before long adv. 不久；一会儿 相当于soon, 与一般将来时或一般过去时连用 We’ll know before long.
long before adv. & conj. ……之前很久；很久以前 用作副词时，与完成时连用。常用于下列句型：It was not long before..不久就……； It will not be long before…不久就会…… It won't be long before they understand each other.
板书设计
Come and Eat Here (2)Language points:New words and expressionsConsult EarnDebtLimit and benefitCombineCut down and other expressions of “cut” Consult a doctor about one’s illnessConsult reference booksConsult the dictionary.....before long and long before…
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问:
What the main idea of Come and Eat Here (2)
How about the ending of this story and how do you think of it
练习：
翻译：
我要请教一下我的老师才能做出决定。
他停下来看了看笔记，然后继续提问。
Keys: 1) I want to consult my teacher before I make a decision. 2) He paused to consult his notes, and then went on.
根据句子意思填空
玛丽所有的钱是怎么赚到的？
How did Mary ________________________________________.
苏珊终年努力，以期取得好成绩。
Susan exerted herself all year to _______________________________.
Keys: 1) earn all her money 2) earn good marks
作业：
Part 1 (A level)
Everyone needs water and a diet _____1___ healthy foods. These foods should ___2___ some fat, some fibre, a little salt and so on.
People need energy to live. They ear all kinds of foods __3___ change into energy. Our bodies use different ____4____ of energy. The energy is measured in calories (卡路里). The more ___5___ we take, the more calories we burn. Even when you are ___6___, you are using energy---- about 65 calories an hour. While you are at school, or walking home, your body is ___7___ up 100 calories an hour. When playing football or basketball, you might be using 400 calories an hour. On ___8___ Day, during the reply race, you will use most of all, perhaps as ____9___ as 650 calories an hour.
The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world. It contains a lot of fruit and green vegetables. It is ___10___ in fibre and low in sugar and fat. The Chinese eat less sugar than many ____11____ countries in the world. That is ___12___ lots of people in china have white teeth.
People in the Western world do not eat healthy foods. They eat too much fat and sugar and don’t take __14___ exercise. Because of this, they __15__ very easily. In order to ___16__ with the quick pace of their life and work, they eat a lot of fast food. They eat a lot of sweets, soft drinks, potato crisps, chocolates, butter and ice cream and so on, _____17____ are called ___18___ food by some epicureans. The result is that many of them become fat. In order to avoid ___19___ fat and __20____ it is advisable to eat a balanced diet and not to eat too many foods that have a high calories rating.
1. A above B of C at D over
2. A include B hold C contain D make up
3. A which B what C where D it
4. A numbers B amounts C plenty D deal
5. A exercise B exercises C sport D game
6. A sleepy B running C working D asleep
7. A running B adding C burning D wasting
8. A Children B Work C Sports D Sport
9. A much B many C few D little
10. A poor B low C rich D plenty
11. A more B other C rest D others
12. A why B because C because of D since
13. A so B very C much D such
14. A a number of B too much C masses of D enough
15. A lose weight B put on weight C die D stay healthy
16. A keep up B carry on C keep on D go on
17. A as B these C which D they
18. A bad B diseased C healthy D junk
19. A to get B becoming C to become D get
20. A keep thin B keep fit C stay calm D fall ill
Keys: BCABA DCCAC BADDB ACDBB
Part 2 (B level) reading
Dear friends,
As we all know, we are what we eat. Therefore it's very important for us to form healthy eating habits.
However, many students don't have breakfast, and they eat so many junk foods when they are hungry. Besides, quite a lot of students are particular about food, so they don't get enough nutrition. But when they see what they like to eat, they would eat so much. All these are bad eating habits.
I think we should eat all kinds of food to get enough nutrition, no matter whether it's delicious or not. Never give up breakfast and don't eat junk food! Most importantly, we should eat a proper amount of food at the right time. Don't eat too much, for it's bad for your appetite and also bad for your health. Eating too much can store fat in your body, the you’ll be fat and get ill.
In a word, we should eat food good for our health, and keep good eating habits. Please keep it! It's the most important thing.
The underline words “ we are what we eat” means ________.
A we will become the food we eat
B people can see from our health what we eat and what we don't
C people can see what we ate from our faces
D whatever food we eat, we can see it
To be healthy, ________ is the most important according to the passage.
A eating breakfast B not eat junk food
C eating all kinds of food D keeping good eating habits
In the letter the writer is mainly talking about___________.
A food B junk food
C good eating habits D bad eating habits
Keys: BDC
Part 3 (C level)根据汉语提示完成下列句子
Only ________ ________ ________ (用这种方式) can the manager make the exchange programmers for the workers in the company.
I __________ ____________ (确实遇到) Li Ming at the railway station yesterday.
_________ ____________ (根据) the timetable, the train gets in at 8:27.
She didn't __________ ____________ (结婚) until she was well into middle age.
They stopped arguing and ___________ _______ (瞪着) each other.
Keys: 1 in this way; 2 did meet; 3 According to ; 4 get married 5 glared atUnit 2 Poems
9th period Unit Test
1.教材分析（the analysis of teaching materials）
The emphasis of this class should be placed on going over and summarizing what has been learned in this unit.
2.学情分析（the analysis of the students）
The Ss have learned the new words and expressions and the language points in Unit2 poems, but may not master them. In order to consolidate them the students need to do more exercises.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
1). To get Ss to master all the useful new words and expressions in this unit.
2). To have Ss understand the new grammar item.
*能力目标(Ability aims)
Let the students master the learning strategies in doing multi-choices and writing.
*情感目标（Emotional aims）
To promote the Ss to learn more about poems and poets around the world .
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
Using what they have learned in this unit to solve real problems.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Revision
Useful verbs: convey /tease /transform /
Useful nouns: rhyme/diamond/pattern/cottage/
minimum/translation/branch/sorrow/diploma/bride/bridegroom/
championship/warmth/load
Useful adjectives and adverbs: concrete/contradictory/flexible/salty/endless
forever/
Step 2 Presentations for multi-choice
①Check the answers
②Instruct the difficult points
Step3. Instructing strategies in writing and show the sample.
如何改写诗歌
注意: 1. 忠实原作的中心思想。
2.原作简洁的词句写成具体的景象
3.不是单纯的翻译，展开想象。
Step 4 Summary &Homework
6.知识结构（板书设计）
Words classification convey /tease /transform / nouns: rhyme/diamond/pattern/cottage/minimum/translation/branch/sorrow/diploma/bride/bridegroom/championship/warmth/loadadjectives: concrete/contradictory/flexible/salty/endless/forever/ 单元知识点： try back/forways that…the reason why..is that… 如何改写诗歌注意: 1. 忠实原作。2.原作简洁的词句写成具体的景象3.不是单纯的翻译，展开想象。
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（questions）
What can we learn in this unit
2.练习（practice）
Read the new words
3作业（homework）
I. Multiple choice ---A/B/C 层
1. The central Committee of the Communist Party of China considered all the aspects of the problem before making a ________ arrangement.
A. flexible B. bare C. concrete D. endless
2.Why not ____ that suit to see if it matches with your shirt
A. try back B. try on C. try for D. try out
3. She liked this kind of dress _____ and bought some material to make one at home.
A. in particular B. in the fresh C. on the other hand D. by coincidence
4. The manager ___ bowed to the workers working on the projects under the pressure from the public and the government.
A. faithfully B. evidently C. eventually D. conventionally
5.Would you like my old TV in ____ for this camera
A. translation B. transformation C. charge D. exchange
6. One of the best ways ___ can protect the environment is sustainable development (可持续发展).
A. which B. in which C. how D. that
7.The reason ____ he failed the English exam is ___ he didn’t prepare it well.
A. why; why B. because; because C.why; because D. why;that
8. It was surprising that the football team, ____ excellent players, should have failed in the last match.
A. makes up of B. made up of C. is consisted of D. is composed of
9.----Are you ready for Spain
-----Yes, I want the girls to experience that ____ they are young.
A. while B.until C. if D. before
10. He used ___on the right in China, but he soon got used ___on the left in England.
A. to drive; to drive B.to drive; driving C.to driving; to drive D.to drive;to driving
11. If I ___ him that day, I wouldn’t have become successful.
A. didn’t meet B. hadn’t met C. haven’t met D. met
12.Please ____ until I get help to rescue you!
A. hold back B. hold off C. hold on D. hold up
13. In only 20 years, the country has been ____ into an advanced industrial power.
A. translated B. degraded C. declined D. transformed
14. I haven’t seen Ann for ___ long that I’ve forgotten what she looks like.
A. such B. very C. so D. too
15. The present is not a(n) ___ time to take actions and we should wait for some time.
A. just B. formal C. appropriate D. particular
16.----Were you shown around Venice in a boat with those American tourists
-----No, but I wish I _____.
A. am B. were C. had D. should
17. Thank you for all your hard work last week. I don’t think ____we it without you.
A. can manage B.could have manage C. could manage D. can have managed
18. The transportation company ____ the truck with all our household effects because we were moving to California.
A. loaded B. carried C. packed D. piled
19. We’ll have an opportunity to ____ views tomorrow.
A. exchange B. tease C. dread D. melt
20. This is perhaps one of ___most important reasons why so many people write__ poetry.
A. a; the B. the;the C. the;/ D. a; /
II Writing ---A/B/C 层
请根据下面的英文短诗，展开适当的想象，写一篇短文。标题为: My Teacher Mr. Moore
There’s a teacher Mr. Moore.
Who is lovely and thirty-four.
Always encouraging us to try.
He leads us to a world of “why”.
We all admire him more and more.
注意：1.不得照抄短诗原文
2. 必须结合短诗的内容，发挥想象，适当展开。
3.必须突出短诗的主题，结构完整，语意连贯。
4.短文不能写成诗歌形式。
5.词数：100—120词
Keys:
1-5 CBACD 6-10 DDBAD 11-15 BCDCC 16-20 CBAAC
Sample:
My Teacher. Mr. Moore
Of all my teachers, Mr. Moore is the one who impresses me most. Though he is 34, he looks very young for his age. And he’s one of the most popular teachers in our school.
Compared with other teachers, Mr. Moore pays more attention to his way of teaching. He tries various ways to make his class lively and interesting. In his opinion, we should not only know “what”, but also understand “why”. So instead of giving us answers immediately, he encourages us to think by ourselves whenever he puts forward questions. With his help, we’ve learned how to analyze and settle problems. What a wonderful world of “why ” he leads us to!
He is such a learned person that we all admire him very much.
.Unit 2 Poems
1st period words and warming up
1.教材分析（the analysis of teaching materials）
This Unit talks about poems. The purpose is letting the Ss learn something about the simple English poems. Besides, it would cultivate Ss’ appreciation of poetry and the ability of understanding, enjoying and writing ability.
2.学情分析（the analysis of the students）
Our Ss know little about English poetry for they don’t learn it before. This class can help them to know something about English poetry and learn how to write poetry in English.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Let the Ss know how to read and can recite the following new words: tick, rhyme, convey, nursery, nursery rhyme, concrete, contradictory, diamond, flexible etc.
Let the Ss know about some simple forms of English poems.
*能力目标(Ability aims)
1. Make the Ss to talk about some poems or songs they learned before.
2. Enable students to discuss why people write poems.
* 情感目标( Emotional aims)
1. To cultivate Ss’ appreciation of poetry and the ability of understanding, enjoying and writing poems.
2. To develop Ss’ sense of cooperative learning.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
Teaching important points:
﹡To enable the Ss to learn about some simple forms of English poetry
﹡Pronounce the new words correctly and know relative usages.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1: Warming up
1. Greeting
2. Learn new words.vvv
Pronounce the new words and underline the syllables for some difficult words.
Read the new words after the tape
Read the new words by themselves
Read the new words together
introduce some basic usages for the key words.
Step 2: Presentation/practice
Task 1. Talking and discussion
1). Do you remember any little poems or songs you learned when you were a child
2). Do you remember and poems you have read in high school, either in Chinese or in English Can you recite any
Task 2. Quiz: Match the following information
Du Fu Tang Dynasty
Fan Zhongyan Song Dynasty
Meng Haoran Modern
Guo Moruo Modern
Xu Zhimo Tang Dynasty
Byron America
Shelly England
Whitman England
Suggested answers: Du Fu--Tang Dynasty, Fan Zhongyan--Song Dynasty; Meng Haoran--Tang Dynasty; Guo Moruo -- Modern; Xu Zhimo –Modern; Byron—England; Shelly—England; Whitman—America
6.知识结构（板书设计）
Concrete adj 具体的 concretely adv. 具体地 Contradictory adj 引起矛盾的 contradict v. 反驳；相矛盾 contradiction n. 不一致flexible adj. 灵活的，可弯曲的 flexibility n 灵活 flexibly adv. 灵活地 salt n./v. 盐/ 在…中加盐 salty adj. 含盐的；咸的end n./v. 末端，尽头/ 结束，终止 endless adj. 无穷的 minimum n. 最低限度 maximum n. 最大限度 transform vi.&vt. 转化，转换 transformation n. 转化， 改造librarian n. 图书馆馆长 library n. 图书馆 Quiz Du Fu Tang Dynasty Fan Zhongyan Song Dynasty Meng Haoran Modern Guo Moruo Modern Xu Zhimo Tang Dynasty Byron America Shelly England Whitman England
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（questions）
1). Do you remember any little poems or songs you learned when you were a child
2). Do you remember and poems you have read in high school, either in Chinese or in English Can you recite any
2.练习（practice）
Read the new words
3作业（homework）
ABC类：Ask each student to preview reading one on p10 and finish exer1.2 on p11.
1). What is the main topic of the reading passage
2). What five kinds of poems does the reading passage talk about
3). What are the poems(A-H) about Use your own words to explain them.
AB类：read the new words twice from tick to load() .
C类：copy the above new words(three times for each one)
Contradictory minimum eventually librarian appropriate championship
Concrete adj 具体的 concretely adv. 具体地
Contradictory adj 引起矛盾的 contradict v. 反驳；相矛盾 contradiction n. 不一致
flexible adj. 灵活的，可弯曲的 flexibility n 灵活 flexibly adv. 灵活地
salt n./v. 盐/ 在…中加盐 salty adj. 含盐的；咸的
end n./v. 末端，尽头/ 结束，终止 endless adj. 无穷的
minimum n. 最低限度 maximum n. 最大限度
transform vi.&vt. 转化，转换 transformation n. 转化， 改造
librarian n. 图书馆馆长 library n. 图书馆
be made up of 由…构成Unit 2 healthy eating
教材分析
The emphasis of this period will be placed on reviewing the important new words, expressions and sentence patterns in the parts Warming up, Pre-reading, Reading and Comprehending. In order to make students grasp and use these important points thoroughly.
2. 学情分析
Our Ss don’t like even hate to memorize words and language points; however they are the fundamental of learning English. This class will help them to memorize language points by exercises.
3. 教学目标
1.知识目标
1). Get Ss to go over the useful new words and expressions in this unit.
2). Have Ss review the new grammar item: modal verbs
2.能力目标
1). Develop Ss’ ability to use the important language points in this unit.
2). Enable Ss to learn to use modal verbs
3. 情感目标
1）Stimulate students' sense to form a revision habit
2) Develop students' sense of cooperative learning
教学重点
Get Ss to review and consolidate what they have learned in this unit.
Develop Ss’ ability to solve problems.
教学难点
1. Get Ss to turn what they have learned into their ability.
教学过程
Step 1 Revision
Check the homework exercises.
Dictate some useful new words and expressions in this unit.
Step 2 考 点 串 串 讲
重点单词
1.balance vt.平衡；权衡
●用法拓展
balance n．天平；平衡。
常见含balance的短语有：
(1)keep balance 保持平衡
(2)lose balance 失去平衡
(3)out of balance 失去平衡
2．limit vt.(与to连用)限制；限定 n．限制；限定；边界；界限
●用法拓展
without limit无限地
within limits适度地；有限度地
a limit to...……的限度
go beyond/over the limit超过限度
●用法拓展
limitation n．限制；局限；缺陷
limited adj.有限的
limitless adj.无限的，无限制的
3．diet n．&vi.日常饮食；节食
●用法拓展
go on a diet节食
a vegetable/meat diet素/肉食
diet oneself on vegetables吃素
put sb. on a diet(医生)给某人规定饮食
balanced diet均衡饮食
mixed diet混合膳食
●易混辨析
diet与food
diet指的是习惯的食物或规定的食物，特指维持健康的定量或定质的食物。如：
The doctor has ordered me a special diet.
医生给我安排了特殊的饮食。
food是一般的用语，凡能吃、能喝的具有营养的东西都称为food。如：
We must have food to eat and clothes to wear.
我们必须得有食物吃，有衣服穿。
4．combine vi.&vt.(使)结合；(使)联合
be combined with与……结合着
combine education with recreation寓教于乐
combined adj.结合的，联合的
combinable adj.可结合的，可联合的
●易混辨析
combine，connect，join与unite
这四个词都可以表示“联合，连接”的意思，但各有不同。
combine意为“结合，联合”，指为了某一目的而把两事物结合在一起。如：
We must combine theory with practice.
我们必须把理论与实践结合起来。
connect意为“连接”，指用东西把两个事物连到一起，或两个事物直接相连，二者仍保持原状。如：
He connected the gas stove with gas pipe.
他把煤气管接在煤气炉上。
join意为“连接”，指用线、绳、桥等把两个事物或两地连接起来，和connect意思相近，也可指两事物互相紧密相接。如：
We had better join the island to the mainland with a steel bridge.
我们最好建一座钢筋桥把这个岛与大陆连接起来。
unite意为“联合”，指两种以上的事物结合为一体，有“合二为一”的意思，强调结合后的统一性。如：
The whole family united to help him.
全家齐心协力帮助他。
5．prepare vt.准备；制作
●用法拓展
prepare sb. sth.＝prepare.sth.for sb.给……准备……
prepare for sth.为……做准备
prepare sb.for sth.使某人对某事有所准备
be prepared for sth.(或to do sth.)(从思想上)为……做好准备。
in preparation for准备……
make preparations for为……做准备
6．benefit n．好处；益处
●用法拓展
benefit vi.从……获益，常和介词from或by连用；vt.对……有益；使……受益。
Please go to the country.I think the fresh air there will benefit you.
请到乡下去，我认为那里新鲜的空气会对你有益的。
7．strength n．力；力量；力气
●用法拓展
at full strength全员；满额
under/below strength不足额；未全部到场的
in strength大量地；大批地
on the strength of受……的鼓励；由于……的影响
go from strength to strength不断壮大；越来越强
●易混辨析
energy，power，force与strength
energy指人的精力，活力或自然界的能量。
The task will take an enormous amount of time and energy.
完成那项任务需要大量的时间和精力。
power指做一件事所依靠的能力，也可指权力，权势，职权。
Congress has power to declare war.
国会有权宣战。
force物的力；军事力量；武力。
The force of the explosion broke all the windows.
爆炸力把窗子都震碎了。
strength人的体力；力气；物的强度。
A washing machine is a saver of time and strength.
洗衣机是一种省时省力的机器。
8．consult vt.&vi.请教；向……咨询；与人商量；查阅
●用法拓展
consult sb./sth. about sth.关于某事请教某人；查阅(资料)
consult with sb.与某人商量，与某人磋商
重点短语
1.in debt欠债
●用法拓展
get/run into debt欠债
get out of debt还债
pay off one's debt偿清债务
pay a debt to sb.还某人债
2．before long不久以后
It looks as if it will rain before long.
看起来一会儿就要下雨了。
●用法拓展
long before很久以前
ever after从此以后(用于一般过去时)
ever since从此以后(用于现在完成时)
●易混辨析
before long与long before
before long是“不久以后”的意思，可用于任何时态。如：
At the time I had fully expected to find work before long.
那个时候我还一心盼望不久就可找到工作。
long before是“很久以前”的意思。单独使用，一般用在过去完成时的句子里。
She said she had seen the film long before.
她说她很久以前就看过这部电影。
3．have sb. doing sth.
I won't have you doing that kind of thing again.
我决不允许你再做那样的事情。
●用法拓展
have sth. done请人做某事；遭受
have sb. do sth.让某人做某事
have sth. to do有事情要做
Tom broke the school rules and the teacher had him stand outside the classroom.
汤姆违反了学校的规章制度，老师让他站在教室外面。
4．cut down砍倒(树木)；砍伐；削减；删节；使降价
●用法拓展
cut down on减少……的量
cut in插嘴，插入
cut off切断，砍掉；中断，隔断
cut up切碎
cut out剪下；戒除(坏习惯等)
5．earn one's living 谋生
She earns her living as a writer.
她靠写作维持生计。
●用法拓展
make a/one's living谋生
make a good living过优裕的生活
living standards生活水平
6．tired of sb./sth. 对……厌倦
I'm tired of your conversation.
你的讲话我听腻了。
(用get或grow表示过程)
●用法拓展
be/get tired with/from因……感到疲劳、劳累
tire sb. out使某人疲劳不堪，筋疲力尽
tiring adj.令人疲劳的
tireless adj.孜孜不倦的
tiresome adj.令人厌烦的，烦人的
7．get away with(不用被动语态)不因某事受惩罚；偷携某物潜逃；受到(较轻的惩罚)
①If you cheat in the exam you'll never get away with it.
考试作弊必予追究。
●用法拓展
get about走动；(消息等)传开
get along with(与人)相处；(事情)进展
get away from逃离
get back返回；取回
get down to doing sth.开始做某事，着手做某事
get sb. down使某人沮丧或情绪低落
get in进入；收获；插话
get off下车；脱下(衣服等)
get on上车
get on with进步，进展；相处
get out of摆脱，从……中出来
get over从(疾病、失望等)中恢复过来；克服(困难)；解决(问题等)
get rid of摆脱，去掉
get through通过，打通(电话)；干完(工作)，完成(任务)；度过(时间)；通过(考试)
get together聚焦
get up起床；起立
①Minicabs make it easier for people to get about.
微型出租汽车使人们往来各处更为便利了。
②Did your son get along well with other kids
你的儿子与其他同学相处和睦吗？
③You must get down to your studies this year.
你今年要好好学习。
④I think the problem can be got over without too much difficulty.
我认为问题不太难解决。
⑤I've got through a lot of correspondence today.
今天我处理了一大批信件。
8．lose weight减肥；体重减轻
●用法拓展
lose one's way迷路
be lost in全神贯注于；沉湎于
lose an opportunity错过机会
lose one's train没赶上火车
lose no time刻不容缓
lose heart失去信心
●特别提醒
lose weight的反义词组是put on weight“增加体重”。
重点句式
1.What could have happened
发生了什么事？
●用法拓展
could have happened在此处表示对过去情况的一种推测。could表示可能性，常用于否定句或疑问句中，表示推测。
—Do you know where David is？I couldn't find him anywhere.
你知道大卫在哪儿吗？我到处都找不到他。
—He couldn't have gone far—his coat is still here.
他不可能走太远，他的外套还在这儿呢。
●注意
(1)在肯定句中表示对过去情况的推测时，不用此结构，而是用must have done。如：
It is wet outside on the ground.It must have rained last night.
外面地上很湿，昨天晚上肯定下雨了。
(2)could have done还有“本来能够做”的意思，表示实际并没有去做这件事，只是一种假设或者虚拟的语气。如：
He paid for a seat when he could have entered for free.
他本来可以免费进场，但是他还是买了票。
2．Why don't you sit down and try a meal
你为什么不坐下来吃顿饭呢？
●用法拓展
Why don't you...？＝Why not do...
为什么不……？常用来提出建议。
Why don't you/Why not give her another chance
为什么不再给她次机会呢？
Why don't you/Why not ask the teacher for help
为什么不向老师寻求帮助呢？
●用法拓展
①Why do...？为什么……呢？常用来提出责难或表示不同意。
②Why not？为什么不？在简略回答中表示同意。
Why give him so much money that day
那天为什么给他那么多钱呢？
—Shall we go to the cinema this evening
——我们今晚去看电影好吗？
—Why not？Let's start at 6.
——好啊，我们六点出发。
3．Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.
王鹏坐在他那空荡荡的餐馆里，感到十分沮丧。
●用法拓展
feeling very frustrated是现在分词短语作伴随状语。
分词作状语的基本原则：
(1)分词作状语时，分词的逻辑主语必须与句子的主语保持一致。
(2)分词作状语必须和句中主语含有逻辑上的主谓或动宾关系，否则不能用分词作状语。
①He sat at the table reading China Daily.
他坐在桌子旁边看《中国日报》。
②Laughing and talking, they went into the room.
他们有说有笑地走进房间。
●用法拓展
单个分词或分词短语作状语时，可以表示时间、原因、结果、条件、让步、行为方式、伴随状况等。表示时间关系的分词短语有时可以由连词when或者while引出。一般来说，如果分词所表示的动作与主句谓语动作(几乎)同时发生，或发生于主句谓语动词之后，通常用分词的一般式；如果分词所表示的动作发生于主句谓语动词之前，通常用分词的完成式。
①Looking out of the window, I saw some students playing there.
从窗户望出去，我看见几个学生在那儿玩。
②She asked me to help her, realizing that she couldn't move the heavy suitcase alone.
她请我帮忙，因为她意识到她一个人搬不动那个沉重的衣箱。
③Given more time, we could have done it better.
如果多给我们些时间，我们会做得更好。
4．“Nothing could be better，”he thought.
他想，“再没有比这些更好吃的了”。
●用法拓展
“nothing＋比较级”句式表达最高级意义。
I like nothing better.(＝It's the best thing I like.)
这是我最喜欢的东西。
●用法拓展
用比较级表示最高级意义的常见句型有：
(1)比较级＋than＋any other＋单数名词/any of the other＋复数名词/any of the others/anyone else/anybody else/anything else/all the others/all the other＋复数名词
(2)No other＋单数名词/No one/None/Nobody＋比较级＋than...
(3)主语＋否定式谓语(含not或never)＋比较级
①He studies harder than any other student in our class.
他是班里学习最用功的学生。
②No other student in the class is taller than he.
他是班里最高的同学。
③It can't be worse.(＝It's the worst thing I've ever known.)
这是(我知道的)最糟糕的事情。
5．He could not have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies!
他可不能让雍慧哄骗人们后跑掉！
●用法拓展
have作“使、让”解释时的句型归纳：
have＋宾语＋v. ing＝get＋宾语＋v. ing听任某人/某物……
have＋宾语＋动词原形＝get＋宾语＋to do让某人做某事
have＋宾语＋v. ed＝get＋宾语＋v. ed请别人做某事
①His father had him studying the whole morning.
一上午他父亲都让他在学习。
②I would have him wait for me at the gate of the park.
我要他在公园门口等我。
③We had the machine repaired.
我们请人把机器修好了。
6．But don't you think it would be better if you were a bit thinner
不过，难道你不认为瘦一点更好吗？
●用法拓展
①表示与现在事实相反的假设时，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用“过去式(be的过去式用were)”，主句中的谓语动词用“would/should/could/might＋动词原形”。
If he had time，he would attend the meeting.
如果他有时间，他会参加会议的。
②表示与将来事实相反的假设时，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用“should＋动词原形/were to＋动词原形/过去式”，主句中的谓语动词用“would/should/could/might＋动词原形”。
If it should/were to rain tomorrow，I would not go there.
万一明天下雨，我就不到那里去。
③表示与过去事实相反的假设时，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用“had＋动词过去分词”，主句中用“would/should/could/might＋have＋动词过去分词”。
If you had taken my advice，you wouldn't have failed in the examination.
如果你听从了我的劝告，你就不会考试不及格了。
板书设计
问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
课堂提问：
In Unit1 we have learnt many festivals around the world. Can you list them Can you tell us what we’ll eat in these festivals
Every one has his favorite food. What about you What food do you like best
Do you know whether you eat a healthy diet or not
练习：短语回顾
1.a balanced________ 平衡膳食 2．________weight 体重减轻；减肥
3．________away with 被放过；(做坏事)不受惩罚
4．earn one's________ 谋生 5．spy________ 暗中监视；侦查
6．________long 不久以后 7．be tired________ 对……厌倦、厌烦
8．________all 别忘了，毕竟 9．win...________ 赢回；重新获得
10．________a lie 说谎 11．________debt 欠债
12．cut________ 削减；删节 13．________on weight 增加体重
14．rather________ 而不 15．________at 怒目而视
练习Keys: 1．diet 2.lose 3.get 4.living 5.on 6.before 7.of
8．after 9.back 10.tell 11.in 12.down 13.put 14．than 15.glare
作业：
A level
单项填空
1．I, as a green worker, should ________ the experienced about the matters that I am not familiar with.
A．consult B．Discuss C．talk D．recommend
答案：A
解析：consult意为“咨询；请教”，consult sb. about sth.“向某人请教/咨询某事”，符合题意。
2．On account of the development of the economy, the environment is seriously polluted and we must ________ the emission of the carbon dioxide.
A．cut in B．cut off C．cut up D．cut down
答案：D
解析：cut down“减少；削减”，相当于reduce。
3．In cultivating our students, we should ________ the teaching with the recreation.
A．attach B．Relate C．combine D．join
答案：C
解析：combine...with...意为“把……和……相结合”，此处指寓教于乐。attach, relate和join都多与to搭配。
4．—Can I pay the bill by check
—Sorry, sir. But it is the management rule of our hotel that payment ________ be made in cash.
A．shall B．Need C．will D．can
答案：A
解析：shall用于第二、三人称陈述句中，表示说话人对对方的许诺、命令、威胁或警告。
5．Usually there is a speed ________ of 30 km/h in towns or villages.
A．level B．Standard C．limit D．degree
答案：C
解析：a speed limit“时速限制”符合题意。level“水平；标准”；standard“标准”；degree“度数；学位”。
6．—Hi, David! How was your trip to Beijing
—Wonderful! I had never had ________ holiday in my life.
A．a most exciting B．a more exciting
C．the most excited D．the more excited
答案：B
解析：形容词或副词的比较级与否定词连用可表示最高级概念，排除A、C两项；excited“激动的”，常用于修饰人，exciting“令人激动的”，常用于修饰物，故B项正确。
7．They met some trouble solving that problem. Things didn't ________ as smoothly as they had expected.
A．work B．Get C．run D．go
答案：D
解析：go用做不及物动词，意为“进行，进展”。work“奏效”，产生预期的效果(作用)，不能被smoothly修饰；get“得到；收到”；run“发生”，通常用于进行时态。
8．—You must get excited about going to France to study oil painting.
—________， but I'm afraid I can't do well because my French is too poor.
A．I don't know yet B．Certainly not C．Well, I ought to have D．All right
答案：C
解析：ought to相当于should，其后省略了got excited。
9．If you just spend time ________ advantages and disadvantages, you may get nothing in the end.
A．matching B．Balancing C．observing D．examining
答案：B
解析：balance advantages and disadvantages意为“权衡利弊”。
10．—Why don't we hold a party to celebrate the achievements gained by our Olympic players
—________
A．Because we haven't got enough preparations.
B．Good idea!
C．It's all because of the terrible weather.
D．Not all would like to attend it.
答案：B
解析：Why don't you/we do sth.？表示给某人建议，所以选项B表示同意别人的说话或提议。
B Level
1. —How’s your tour around the North Lake Is it beautiful
—It ________ be, but it is now heavily polluted.
A. will B. would C. should D. must
2. —Guess what! I have got A for my term paper.
—Great! You ______ read widely and put a lot of work into it.
A. Must B. should C. must have D. should have
3. The teacher _______have thought Johnson was worth it or she wouldn't have wasted time on him, I suppose.
A. should B. can C. would D. must
In crowded places like airports and railway stations,you___ take care of your luggage.
A. can B. may C. must D. will
5. My MP4 player isn’t in my bag. Where I have put it
A.can B.must C.should D.would
6. The biggest problem for most plants, which ________ just get up and run away when threatened, is that animals like to eat them.
A. shan’t B. can’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t
7. —She looks very happy. She ______ have passed the exam.
—I guess so. It’s not difficult after all.
A. Should B. could C. must D. might
8. —Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A.must put B.should have put C.might put D.might have put
9. As a result of the serious flood, two-thirds of the buildings in the area .
A.need rcpairing B.needs to repair C.needs repairing D.need to repair
10. I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I have driven her ther.
A.could B.must C.night D.should
Keys :1-5CCDCA 6-10BCDAD
C Level
完形填空(共20小题; 每小题1分, 满分20分)
Shopping habits in the United States have changed greatly in the last quarter of the 20th century.
36 in the 1900s most American towns and cities had a Main Street. Main Street was always in the heart of a town. This street was 37 on both sides with many various 38 . Here, shoppers walked into stores to look at all sorts of goods: clothing, furniture, hardware, groceries. 39 , some shops offered 40 . These shops included drugstores, restaurants, shoe-repair stores, and barber or hairdressing shops.
41 in the 1950s, a change began to take place. Too many cars had crowded into Main Street while too few parking places were 42 to shoppers. Because the streets were crowded, merchants began to look with 43 at the open spaces outside the city limits. Open space was what their car-driving 44 needed.
And open space was what merchants got 45 the first shopping centres were built. Shopping centres, or rather malls, 46 as a collection of small new stores 47 crowded city centres. 48 by hundreds of free parking space, customers were drawn away from 49 areas to out-lying malls. And the growing 50 of shopping centres led 51 to the building of bigger and better stocked stores.
52 the late 1970s, many shopping malls had almost 53 into small cities themselves. In addition to providing the 54 of one stop shopping, malls were transformed into landscaped(园林化的) parks, — 55 benches, fountains, and outdoor entertainment.
36. A. Finally B. Early C. Late D. Lately
37. A. built B. designed C. intended D. lined
38. A. factories B. trees C. businesses D. hospitals
39. A. In addition B. Therefore C. On the contrary D. As well
40. A. accommodation B. Information C. technology D. services
41. A. And B. Thus C. So D. But
42. A. special B. available C. closed D. reliable
43. A. surprise B. delight C. interest D. horror
44. A. customers B. bosses C. workers D. staff
45. A. when B. while C. since D. because
46. A. changed B. Started C. provided D. organized
47. A. within B. Near C. next to D. away from
48. A. Suggested B. Attacked C. Attracted D. Confused
49. A. public B. Private C. outdoor D. downtown
50. A. popularity B. Beauty C. distinction D. expense
51. A. out of turn B. in turn C. out of order D. in order
52. A. By B. During C. In D. Towards
53. A. increased B. Shrunk C. developed D. decreased
54. A. regulation B. Relation C. convenience D. confidence
55. A. around B. besides C. with D. Without
Keys:
36. 选B。late末期; lately最近, 由下文时间可推断此处应指20世纪“早期（early）”。
37.选D。本句的意思是“街道的两旁排列着很多各种各样的商店”。build的意思是“建造, 修建”; design的意思是“设计”; intend意思是“打算”; line是“沿……排列”的意思, 常见的句型为“be lined with”。
38. 选C。根据下一句话中的stores一词, 可知此空意为“各种各样的商店或商家”, 因此选择C项。
39. 选A。本句的意思是“除了各种各样的商店销售各种各样的商品之外, 有些商店还提供服务”, on the contrary意为“相反, 反之”, therefore意思为“因此, 所以”, in addition可单独使用, 意为“除此之外”, as well常用在句末。
40. 选D。accommodation意为“（酒店、火车、船等提供的）住宿膳食服务”。information是“信息, 情报”, technology是“技术”, service是“服务”, 根据上题意思, service一词放在这里最合适。
41.选D。本句的意思是“在五十年代, 情况却发生了变化”, 有转折的意思。and表示进一步的递进, thus是“因此”, so意为“所以”, but是“但是”, 表转折, 最合题意。
42. 选B。be available to sb. 为固定搭配, 意为“对某人来说可用的, 可得到的”, 本句意为“顾客可用的停车场地”, 故选B项, 其他项均不符合题意。
43. 选C。“因为城里的商业街过于拥挤, 因此商人们都饶有兴趣地将目光瞄向了城外”, 由此可知C项正确, A项意为“惊讶”, B项意为“高兴”, D项意为“恐怖, 害怕”, 均不符合题意。
44. 选A。对于商家而言, 城外的广阔空间就是他们的顾客们可以用来停车的地方, 或者正是顾客们需要的。由此可得A项正确。
45.选A。这里是 一个时间状语从句。因此用when(在……时候）。while指“在……期间; 而”; since表示“自从”, 主句一般用完成时; 前后不存在因果关系, 因此不选D项。
46. 选B。本句的意思是“大型购物中心或商业街是从一些远离拥挤的城市中心的新开张的小店铺开始的”, 只有started as有此意。
47. 选D。本句意为“远离拥挤的市中心”, within指“在……之内”, away from表示距离, “远离”, next to指“靠近”, near是“附近”之意。
48. 选C。本句意为“由于被成百上千的免费停车泊位所吸引, 顾客们……”, attack意为“袭击, 攻击”, suggest意为“建议、表明”, confuse意为“使困惑、迷惑、不解”, 只有attract有此意。
49. 选D。本句意为“顾客们驾车从市区到城市以外的商业中心”, 只有downtown“市中心、市区”符合此意, A项意为“公共的、大众的”, B项意为“私人的、私有的”, C项意为“户外的”。
50.选A。本句意为“这些购物中心的日趋流行与普及反过来催生了规模更大, 设备更好的商店的建成”。distinction声望; beauty美, 美丽; popularity流行, 普及; expense开支, 花销。故选A。
51. 选B。根据上题解释, in turn应为“依次”的意思, 引申为“反过来”。out of turn意为“超越职权, 冒昧无礼”, out of order意为“不按顺序、次序颠倒”, in order意为“整齐、有条理”。
52. 选A。在这四个选项中, 只有by所组成的时间状语与完成时连用, 意为“到……为止”, 其他三个选项均被排除。
53. 选C。“到20世纪70年代后期, 很多大型购物中心已经几乎发展成为小型城市了”, 由此可得A项正确。shrink意为“缩小, 收缩”, increase意为“增加”, decrease意为“减少”。
54. 选C。这里convenience与providing组成短语“提供方便, 便利”, 符合上下文义, A项意为“规则; 管理”, B项意为“关系”, D项意为“信心”。
55. 选C。介词with在这里的意思是“带有”, 本句意为“商业街逐渐演变成了带有长椅、喷泉及户外娱乐的风景优美的园林式公园”, A项意为“周围, 附近”, B项意为“此外”, D项意为“缺乏、没有”。
prepare sb. sth.＝prepare.sth.for sb.给……准备…
2.be combined with与……结合着
3.before long与long before
before long是“不久以后”的意思，可用于任何时态。
long before是“很久以前”的意思。单独使用，一般用在过去完成时的句子里。
4.have sb. doing sth.
●用法拓展
have sth. done请人做某事；遭受
have sb. do sth.让某人做某事
have sth. to do有事情要做
make a/one's living谋生 earn one's living 谋生
6.“nothing＋比较级”句式表达最高级意义。Unit 2 Healthy Eating
Language points 1
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
The emphasis of this period will be placed on the important new words, expressions and sentences patterns in the parts Warming Up, Pre-reading and Comprehending.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Ss can understand the meanings of these words in the context, then the teacher will give some explanations. Later the Ss will be offered some exercises to master their usages.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
结果性目标（知识目标&能力目标）：
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
Get the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions:
diet, energy, fiber, digestion, bean, cucumber, mushroom, lemon, balance, ham, mutton, roast, slim, curiosity, raw, lie, research, customer, weakness, strength, rid, amount, debt, glare, gently, limit, benefit, sigh, combine, item, packet, tin; etc.
key sentences:
1.His fried rice was hot but did not taste of fat.
2.Tired of all that fat Want to be thinner Only slimming food served here.
3.I will take all that fat off you in two weeks if you eat here every day.
4.It was not giving its customers energy-giving food!
5.Something terrible must have happened if Maochang was not coming to eat with him as he always did.
6.He wondered if he should go to the library to find out.
7.He couldn’t have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies!
能力目标(Ability aims)
Enable the Ss to use some useful words and expressions correctly.
Enable the Ss to make sentences after the useful sentence patterns.
程序性目标（即过程与方法）：Teacher should pick up the important sentences and translate them to students, then point out the language points. Students can read the exercise book firstly and do some exercise in the class. If students have some questions, they can ask teacher and do with it.
体验性目标（情感目标）
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Stimulate the Ss’ interest in learning English.
Develop the Ss’ knowledge of healthy eating.
4.教学重点和难点（important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
Enable the Ss to learn and grasp new words and expressions and key sentences.
#Teaching difficult points:
Enable the Ss to learn and use these phrases: amaze; get away with ; admire; etc.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Wang Pengwei sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.
feeling这里是用动词的-ing形式做伴随状语。
e.g. He spent a lot of money decorating( 装修)the house.
The manager approached(走近) us smiling.
Many of us, being so excited, could not go to sleep that night.
Pengwei followed Li Maochang into a newly-opened small restaurant at the end of the street.
newly-opened 是副词加动词过去分词的合成形容词。合成形容词常见的构词方法有：
1).adj+n.+ed
noble-minded (高尚的)
good-tempered(脾气好的)
2）.adj+v-ing good-looking (好看的) easy –going(平易近人的)
3）.n+v-ing peace-loving(爱好和平的) body-building(塑身的)
4）.adv+p.p(past participle) well-known(著名的) wide-spread(广泛流传的)
well-dressed(穿戴好的)
Wang Pengwei was amazed at this and especially at the prices.
amaze v.
(1)To fill with great surprise,cause wonder in 吃惊，使吃惊
e.g. It amazed me to hear that you were leaving.
(2)be amazed at…. 对…感到惊讶，惊愕
e.g. You would be amazed at how difficult it was.
4.He couldn’t have YongHui getting away with telling people lies!
have sb doing sth
(1)表示让某人做某事，让某种情况发生。
e.g. I won’t have you waiting long. 我不会让你久等的。
I won’t have you smoking at your age.
have+宾语+过去分词/动词原形/副词/形容词
e.g. I had my hair cut yesterday.
If you will have me stay, I will stay. 如果你让我留下，我就留下。
We had the enemy surrounded.
I can’t have you saying so to your parents.
5. get away with
not be punished for sth; steal sth and escape with it; receive a relatively light punishment.
1.They got away with damaging the car.
2.Thieves robbed the bank and got away with a lot of money.
3.He was so lucky to get away with a fine（罚金） for such a serious mistake.
6.Want to feel fit
feel 在这里用做系动词，fit为表语，构成系表结构。
1)feel + adj
2)feel + 宾语+不定式（省to）/现在分词
e.g. He feels his health improve/improving.
3)feel+形式宾语（it）+宾补+不定式（真正宾语）
e.g. she feels it necessary to tell them the news.
7.He provided a balanced diet in his menu.
Provide: to supply sth needed or useful(供给，提供，供应)；establish the legal basis or authority for sth (约定，规定)
That hotel provides good meals.
The law provides that valuable ancient buildings must be preserved by the government.
8.Wang Pengwei admired YongHui’s restaurant when he saw the menu.
admire to regard or look at with pleasure and respect; have a good opinion of
1.We admire him for his success in business.
2.We all admired her for the way she saved the children from the fire.
6. 板书设计
Unit 2 Healthy EatingLanguage points 11.Wang Pengwei sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.feeling这里是用动词的-ing形式做伴随状语。2.Pengwei followed Li Maochang into a newly-opened small restaurant at the end of the street.newly-opened 是副词加动词过去分词的合成形容词。1).adj+n.+ed noble-minded (高尚的) good-tempered(脾气好的)2）.adj+v-ing good-looking (好看的) easy –going(平易近人的)3）.n+v-ing peace-loving(爱好和平的) body-building(塑身的)4）.adv+p.p(past participle) well-known(著名的) wide-spread(广泛流传的) 3. Wang Pengwei was amazed at this and especially at the prices.amaze v.4.He couldn’t have YongHui getting away with telling people lies!have sb doing sth (1)表示让某人做某事，让某种情况发生。have+宾语+过去分词/动词原形/副词/形容词5.get away with6.Want to feel fit feel 在这里用做系动词，fit为表语，构成系表结构。1)feel + adj2)feel + 宾语+不定式（省to）/现在分词3)feel+形式宾语（it）+宾补+不定式（真正宾语）7.He provided a balanced diet in his menu.Provide: to supply sth needed or useful(供给，提供，供应)；establish the legal basis or authority for sth (约定，规定)8.Wang Pengwei admired YongHui’s restaurant when he saw the menu.admire to regard or look at with pleasure and respect; have a good opinion of
7. 问题研讨
课堂提问： Translate these sentences :
A : His fried rice was hot but did not taste of fat.
B : Tired of all that fat Want to be thinner Only slimming food served here.
C : I will take all that fat off you in two weeks if you eat here every day.
D : It was not giving its customers energy-giving food!
E : Something terrible must have happened if Maochang was not coming to eat with him as he always did.
练习：翻译下面句子 （中译英）
e.g. I won’t have you waiting long. 我不会让你久等的。
If you will have me stay, I will stay. 如果你让我留下，我就留下。
翻译下面句子 （英译中）
1.They got away with damaging the car.
2.Thieves robbed the bank and got away with a lot of money.
作业：
Part 1 (A level) 完形填空(每小题1分，共20分)
The survey about childhood in the Third World shows that the struggle for survival is long and hard．But in the rich world，children can 16 from a different kind of poverty of the spirit． 17 ，one Western country along now sees 14 000 attempted suicides(自杀)every year by children under 15，and one child 18 five needs psychiatric(心理)advice．
There are many good things about 19 in the Third World．Take the close and constant relation between children and their parents，relatives and neighbours for example．In the West，the very nature of work puts distance between 20 and children．But in most Third World villages mother and father do not go miles away each day to work in offices． 21 ，the child sees mother and father．relations and neighbours working 22 and often shares in that work．
A child 23 in this way learns his or her role through joining in the community’s 24 ；helping to dig or build，look after animals or babies—rather than 25 playing with water and sand in kindergarten．keeping pets 26 playing with dolls．
These children may grow up with a less oppressive sense of space and time than the 27 children．Their sense of days and time has a lot to do with the change of seasons and positions of the sun or the moon in the sky．Children in the rich world， 28 ，are provided with a watch as one of the 29 signs of growing up，so that they can 30 along with their parents about being late for school times，meal times，bed times，the times of TV shows…
Third World children do not usually 31 to stay indoors，still less in high rise apartments(公寓)．Instead of dangerous roads，“keep off the grass”signs and“don’t speak to strangers”，there is often a sense of 32 to study and play．Parents can see their children outside rather than observe them 33 from ten floors up．
34 ，twelve million children under five still die every year through hunger and disease．But childhood in the Third World is not all 35 ．
16．A．suffer B．survive C．learn D．come
17．A．In fact B．In other words C．As usual D．For instance
18．A．to B．under C．in D．by
19．A．poverty B．survival C．childhood D．spirit
20．A．adults B．relatives C．neighbours D．fathers
21．A．However B．Anyhow C．Still D．Instead
22．A．away B．alone C．nearby D．along
23．A．growing up B．living through C．playing D．working
24．A．study B．life C．work D．activity
25．A．through B．by C．with D．from
26．A．and B．or C．so D．but
27．A．poor B．good C．Eastern D．Western
28．A．at the same time B．on the other hand C．at any moment D．on the whole
29．A．easiest B．happiest C．quickest D．earliest
30．A．fear B．worry C．dare D．hurry
31．A．expect B．dare C．have D．require
32．A．freedom B．control C．danger D．disappointment
33．A．impatiently B．anxiously C．proudly D．eagerly
34．A．Of course B．Above all C．In the end D．What’s mote
35．A．good B．bad C．rich D．poor
16—20 ADCCA 21----25 DCACA 26----30 ADBDD 31----35 CABAB
Part 2 (B level) 完成句子
1. 鹏伟跟着李茂昌来到街尾一家新开张的小餐馆。
Pengwei ________________Li Maochang _______________ small restaurant _______________the street.
2. 王鹏伟坐在他那空荡荡的餐馆里,感到很沮丧。
Wang Pengwei sat in his _______________ restaurant _______________________.
3. 突然间他看到自己的朋友李茂昌匆匆的走过。
__________________ he saw his friend Li Maochang __________________.
4. 他可不希望由于餐馆不受欢迎而负债。
He did not _______________________________ because his restaurant was no longer popular.
5．多读书对于孩子们很有好处。
Reading more books is _________________________ children.
6. 他们让机器整天运转着。
They___________ the machine ______________________.
1. Pengwei followed Li Maochang into a newly-opened small restaurant at the end of the street.
2. Wang Pengwei sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated .
3. Suddenly he saw his friend Li Maochang hurrying by .
4. He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
5． Reading more books is of great benefit to children.
6. They have the machine running all day.
Part 3 (C level) 根据句意及汉语提示，写出各句中所缺单词的正确形式
He’s always full of e___________ and seems never to be tired.
Kitty has been wondering what is in the box and finally she opened it with c______________.
What will happen if you do not eat a b______________ diet.
The agreement will b________ both sides.
I’m t______ of this kind of food. Can’t we change a different one
6. If you feel not good, you’d better c_____ a doctor.
1，energy. 2, curiosity 3, balanced 4, benefit 5, tired 6, consultUnit 1 Using language
1.教材分析（analysis of teaching material）
This is the second passage of this unit. It is a narrative story about Li Fang and Hu Jin, Niulang and Zhinu also mentioned in the story. The words and sentences are simple and easy, students can get the basic meaning by themselves.
2.学情分析（analysis of the students）
Our students are familiar with the story of Niulang and Zhinu, that they can understand the whole story easily. There are also some new words and difficult sentences in the passage, teacher should encourage students solve them and guide them to learn more.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
A. Words and expressions：turn up; keep one’s word; hold one’s breath; apologize; drown; obvious; wipe; weep; set off; remind…of…; forgive.
B. Sentences：a. Well, he was not going to hold his breath for her to apologize. He would drown his sadness in coffee.
b. It was obvious that the manager of the coffee shop was waiting for Li Fang to leave---- he wiped the tables, then sat down and turned on the TV---- just what Li fang needed!
c. Magpies make a bridge of their wings so the couple can cross the river to meet on the seventh day of the seventh lunar month.
能力目标(Ability aims):
Students can get the basic meaning of the passage and can summary the whole story, then can finish the exercise on the blackboard---- the structure of the narrative story.
Students can express their opinion about the festivals; students can say the differences between Valentine’s Day and Chinese valentine’s Day in English.
情感目标（Emotional aims）
Students can understand the story of Niulang and Zhinu, encourage them to learn more traditional story about our country. Raise students’ interests about the trandition.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
#Teaching important points:
The news words and sentences in this passage; the story of the passage.
#Teaching difficult points:
The structure of narrative story: introduction---- developing----climax----ending
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 warming up
Part 1 Qs:
1. What do people do on Valentine’s Day
2. Have you ever received any gifts on Valentine’s Day
3. Do you think only lovers send gifts to each other on that day
Part 2 : Do we have our own Valentine’s Day in China
Qiqiaojie (乞巧节) ---- the seventh day of the seventh lunar month
Well-known poem: Eternal love between us two, Shall withstand the time apart (两情若是久长时，又岂在朝朝暮暮。)
Valentine’s Day: Feb. 14th
Chinese Valentine’s Day: the Double Seventh Day/ the seventh day of the seventh lunar month
Step 2 scanning and skimming
Part 1:Read the passage quickly and finish the exercises below: true or false
The girl Li Fang loved and waited for didn’t turn up.
Because her most lovely daughter got married to a human secretly, the Goddess of Heaven got very angry.
Zhinv was made to return to heaven without her husband. They were allowed to meet once a year on the seventh day of the tenth lunar month.
Hu Jin had been waithing for Li Fang for a long time with a gift for him.
Keys: FFFT
Part 2: A sad love story
Li Fang was sad that ___Hu Jin didn’t turn up___.
The story of __Qiqiao Festival___ made his sad.
Sadly, he threw away his __love gifts__.
He was sad to have thrown away his love gifts when __he heard Hu Jin calling him__.
He was sad that this Valentine’s Day wouldn’t be a __happy__ valentine’s Day.
Step 3 detailed reading
Part 1: Read the passage carefully again and answer the questions below.
How did Li fang feel at the beginning of the story and why
What was Li Fang afraid that Hu Jin was doing
How did Li Fang know the manager wanted to shut the coffee shop
Why did people want the weather to be fine on Qiqiao Festival
What is the reason why Li Fanf and Hu Jin did not meet
How did Li Fang feel at the end of the story Why
Answers:
He felt like a fool. Because he thought that he was waiting with hope.
He was afraid that she was with her friend laughing at him.
The manager wiped the tables, then sat down and turned on the TV.
People wanted the weather to be fine so they can meet the one they love.
Because Li Fang waited in the coffee shop while Hu Jin waited in the tea shop.
He was worried because he has thrown away Hu Jin’s Valentine’s gifts.
Part 2: Structure of a narrative story
Introduction Zhinu, the _weaving____ girl, the most __lovely___ of the daughters, visited the earth and met Niulang, the _herd___ boy.
Developing They __fell in love__ married secretly and were very happy.
Climax The Goddess of Heaven got so angry that she forced Zhinu back to _Heaven____. Niulang tried to _follow____ her but was stopped by the Milky Way. Thus, the ___couple______ were separated.
Ending The Goddess of Heaven allowed the couple to meet once a year on the __seventh____ day of the __seventh____ __lunar___- month when magpies made __bridge__ of their wings.
板书设计
Do we have our own Valentine’s Day in China Qiqiaojie (乞巧节) ---- the seventh day of the seventh lunar monthWell-known poem: Eternal love between us two, Shall withstand the time apart (两情若是久长时，又岂在朝朝暮暮。)Valentine’s Day: Feb. 14thChinese Valentine’s Day: the Double Seventh Day/ the seventh day of the seventh lunar monthLi Fang was sad that ___Hu Jin didn’t turn up___.The story of __Qiqiao Festival___ made his sad.Sadly, he threw away his __love gifts__.He was sad to have thrown away his love gifts when __he heard Hu Jin calling him__.He was sad that this Valentine’s Day wouldn’t be a __happy__ valentine’s Day.
问题研讨(Problem study):
课堂提问:
1. What do people do on Valentine’s Day
2. Have you ever received any gifts on Valentine’s Day
3. Do you think only lovers send gifts to each other on that day
4.How did Li fang feel at the beginning of the story and why
What was Li Fang afraid that Hu Jin was doing
How did Li Fang know the manager wanted to shut the coffee shop
Why did people want the weather to be fine on Qiqiao Festival
What is the reason why Li Fanf and Hu Jin did not meet
How did Li Fang feel at the end of the story Why
练习
Introduction Zhinu, the _weaving____ girl, the most __lovely___ of the daughters, visited the earth and met Niulang, the _herd___ boy.
Developing They __fell in love__ married secretly and were very happy.
Climax The Goddess of Heaven got so angry that she forced Zhinu back to _Heaven____. Niulang tried to _follow____ her but was stopped by the Milky Way. Thus, the ___couple______ were separated.
Ending The Goddess of Heaven allowed the couple to meet once a year on the __seventh____ day of the __seventh____ __lunar___- month when magpies made __bridge__ of their wings.
作业
Part 1 (A level) 根据课文内容完成下列表格
Introduction Li Fang was waiting alone at the __coffee__ shop with his roses and chocolates, but Hu Jin didn’t __turn up__. He thought she would __keep her word__. Felling like a __fool__, he would __drown his sadness in coffee__.
Developing Li Fang watched a TV program about “Qiqiaojie”. Thinking Hu Jin played ___a trick/ joke___ on him, he __threw__ away the gifts and ___set__ off for home.
Climax / Ending As Li Fang passed the __tea__ hop on the corner, he heard Hu Jin calling and waving at him, “I’ve been waiting long. I have a __gift__ for you! Why are you so late ”What would he do Would she __forgive__ him
Part 2 (B level) 单词拼写
He won the award for the best student of the year.
The little boy drowned after falling into the river.
The proud man said he would rather starve than beg for food.
He is a famous poet and his poems are popular with the youth.
Indeed, there are many obvious advantages to a five-day working week.
She entered the lab without __permission__ . (许可)
Hans was a very __religious__ (虔诚的) man. He behaved in a Christian way to all people including his enemies.
Do you know when India gained its __independence__ (独立) from Britain
I __apologized__ (道歉) to her for stepping on her foot.
What did he mean by that remark
Part 3 ( C level) 短语翻译
出现，到场 turn up 取笑某人 laugh at sb.
守信用 keep one’s word 整天 all day
像一个傻瓜 like a fool 屏息 hold one’s breath
用咖啡来解愁 drown one’s sadness in coffee
很显然…… It is obvious that…
擦桌子 wipe the tables 坐下 sit down
打开电视 turn on the TV 动身回家 set off for home
使……想起…… remind…of… 扔掉 throw awayUnit 3 Festivals around the World
Language points 2
教材分析 (Analysis of the text book)
This lesson we continue to learn the rest language points about this passage. Firstly, the teacher should point out the mistakes of homework, and then learn new words, expressions and sentences patters.
学情分析 (Analysis of the students)
There are too many points in this passage, students should review the notes carefully after class. There is no doubt that students make many mistakes in their homework. Teacher should focus on the main points and make sure students can use them well.
教学目标 (Teaching aims)
结果性目标 （知识目标&能力目标）：
知识目标 (Knowledge aims)： get the students to learn and grasp new words and expressions and key sentences: satisfy; please; harm ; offer ; in memory of ; etc.
能力目标 (Ability aims): can use these new words and expressions to do their homework; can make sentences with these new words and expressions
程序性目标（即过程与方法）：In class, teacher should lead the students to learn the new words and expressions by themselves, teacher guide them. Students can do some exercise in the class, such as make sentences, translation.
体验性目标（情感目标）：
情感目标 (Emotional aims)： stimulate the students in learning English and develop the students’ spirit of cooperation and teamwork.
教学重点和难点 (important points and difficult points)
Important points: all new words and expressions in this lesson
Difficult points: Enable students to learn and use these phrases: as though= as if 好像，仿佛； 虚拟语气(从句所用的时态比前面真实句所用的时态倒退一个时态.)2. 陈述语气（表示很可能的事实就用陈述语气)
5. 教学流程 (Teaching procedures)
Step1. Listen to the text and ask some students to translate some sentences.
Step2. Learn some language points.
1. satisfy Vt. Vi. 使满意，使满足
Nothing can satisfy him except the best.
Some people are really hard to satisfy.
sb.be satisfied with 对…满意
e.g. She’s not satisfied with her new house.
satisfying
satisfactory
2. please Vt 使愉快，取悅…
It is difficult to please everybody.
Our aim is to please the customers.
pleased (人) 高兴的…愉快的
pleasing (物) 令人愉快的
pleasant (物) 好听的，令人舒服的
pleasure高兴的事情
听到她悦耳的声音我们很高兴.
We are _________ to hear her ___________voice. It is such a ___________ to us.( pleased ; pleasant ; pleasure)
I was very _________ to hear the news.( pleased)
The news was very ___________ to us.( pleasing)
3. harm n 损害，伤害
e.g. He meant no harm to you.
( He didn’t intend to hurt you.)
do sb harm =do harm to sb
=harm sb
A few late nights never did anyone harm.
The events has harmed the relations between the two countries.
4. They offer food, flowers and gift….
词语辨析：offer, provide, supply
offer 主动提供。offer sth to sb; offer sb sth
provide 供给（所需物，尤指生活必需品）。
provide sth (for sb); provide sb with sth.
supply: 供应（所需要或所要求之物）。
supply sth to sb; supply sb with sth
5. When I meet difficulty, my roommates will_____me help. (offer)
他们悬赏找回丢失的珠宝。
They_______a reward for the return of the lost jewels. (offered)
政府得提供这些老人们吃穿。
The government need to_________these old people. (provide)
with food and clothes.
每个月都得供应足够的电。
Electricity should be _________enough every month. (supplied)
6. in memory of = to the memory of sb
The museum was built in memory of the famous scientist.
in honor of in charge of
in search of sb. / sth.
7. dress up 盛装打扮，化装打扮
You don’t have to dress e as you are.
Children love dressing up in Halloween.
Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs: dress, put on, wear.
She is _______ a gold ring. (wearing)
She hurriedly _______ her son and took him to the kindergarten.(dressed)
Remember to ________ your coat. It is cold outside. (put on)
8. award
n. 奖品，奖项，奖金, 助学金 ……
She showed us the awards she had won.
Mary got an award and was able to finish her study.
vt. 授予……裁定……
award sb sth= award sth to sb
The judges awarded both teams equal points.
reward 回报,报
9. admire sb/sth (for …)
钦佩，羡慕
They admired our garden.
I admire him for his success in business.
10. look forward to(介词) + n/ v-ing 盼望，期待
I’m looking forward to his coming.
--ward 向着…方向
backward 向后
forward 向前
11. as though= as if 好像，仿佛
虚拟语气(从句所用的时态比前面真实句所用的时态倒退一个时态.)
He behaved as if/ though nothing had happened.
He talks as if/though he knew everything.
He looks as if he were ill.
2. 陈述语气（表示很可能的事实就用陈述语气,)
It looks as if/ though it is going to rain.
板书设计
Unit 3 Festivals around the World Language points 21. satisfy Vt. Vi. 使满意，使满足 sb.be satisfied with 对…满意 Satisfying satisfactory2. please Vt 使愉快，取悅…pleased (人) 高兴的…愉快的 pleasing (物) 令人愉快的pleasant (物) 好听的，令人舒服的 pleasure高兴的事情3. harm n 损害，伤害 do sb harm =do harm to sb=harm sb4. They offer food, flowers and gift…. 词语辨析：offer, provide, supply 5. When I meet difficulty, my roommates will_____me help. (offer) They_______a reward for the return of the lost jewels. (offered) The government need to_________these old people. (provide) with food and clothes. Electricity should be _________enough every month. (supplied)6. in memory of = to the memory of sb 7. dress up 盛装打扮，化装打扮8. award n. 奖品，奖项，奖金, 助学金 ……vt. 授予……裁定……award sb sth= award sth to sb reward 回报,报9. admire sb/sth (for …) 钦佩，羡慕10. look forward to(介词) + n/ v-ing 盼望，期待11. as though= as if 好像，仿佛； 虚拟语气(从句所用的时态比前面真实句所用的时态倒退一个时态.)2. 陈述语气（表示很可能的事实就用陈述语气,)
问题研讨：
课堂提问: translate some sentences:
….. to honor Mohandas Gandhi, the leader who helped gain India’s dependence from Britain.
China and Japan have mid-autumn festivals, when people admire the moon and …..
Some western countries have very exciting festivals, which take place forty days before Easter.
练习:
1. We are _________ to hear her ___________voice. It is such a ___________ to us. ( pleased ; pleasant ; pleasure)
2. I was very _________ to hear the news.( pleased)
3. The news was very ___________ to us.( pleasing)
作业：
A level students:
1. —I’m sorry, sir. I’m late again.
—Tom, how did it _________
A. happen B. come about C. take place D. occur
2. The girl __________ a blue skirt will perform a dance.
A. having on B. wore C. dressed up D. dressed in
3. Generally speaking, every child wants to be _________ when he does something good.
A. celebrated B. congratulated C. praised D. tricked
4. A celebration was held in Zhongshan Park _________ those who devoted their lives to the revolutionary cause.
A. in respect of B. with the purpose of C. in memory of D. in case of
5. During the Olympic torch relay, thousands of people __________ in either side of the street.
A. collected B. gathered C. selected D. picked up
(1—5 BDCCB)
B level students:
1. Her unhappy childhood was the o________ of her problems later in life.
2. The school is widely a__________ for its excellent teaching.
3. A crowd g__________ to see what had happened.
4. In my village, it is the c________ for a girl to take her mother’s name
5. She’s dreaming she’ll meet a tall, dark, h___________ man by chance in the street.
(1. origin 2.admired 3.gathered 4.custom 5.handsome)
C level students： 从方框中所给句子中选出适当的语句填入下面的对话中。
A: Where are they B: What about swimming C: Is it good D: Have you been to the new sports center yet E: Where is it F: How about boating G: Any day except Wednesday.
Peter: Hello, Julie. 1
Julie: Not yet. Peter, 2
Peter: On Hill Road, you know, Mill Street, behind the station.
Julie: Oh, 3
Peter: Yes, It’s great. You can do a lot of sports. I played table tennis last Thursday and watched
the basketball match there, too.
Julie: 4
Peter: There is a very good swimming pool. Do you want to go with me next week
Julie: Sure. 5 .
Peter: Well. Why don’t we go on Friday Then we can stay late.
Julie: OK. Let’s meet after school.
(1. D 2. E 3. C 4. B 5. G)必修5 unit3 Life in the future
The Third Period
(Grammar—the usage of Imperative, Disjunctive and There be-)
The analysis of teaching materials
Imperative, Ellipsis and There be- are difficult to master for students. So this class focuses on this part to make students to understand the importance of Imperative, Disjunctive and There be- and how to use and make sentences by using it.
The analysis of students
Most of students are poor in English grammar, especially Imperative, Disjunctive and There be. However, Imperative, Ellipsis and There be- are very important in tests, so mastering these grammars are also necessary for us learners.
Teaching goals:
Make students become familiar with the usage of these sentence patterns
Teaching important and difficult points.
Let students understand and master the usage of these sentence patterns
Teaching procedures
Step1 Revision
Before having class, show students some sentences of Imperative, Disjunctive and There be to make students get the general idea about this knowledge.
Eg. Water the flowers Tom！
Don't be so sure.
Do come on time this evening.
Work hard and you will succeed.
He said that he would come to my birthday party，didn't he？
Never come late，will you？
Step2 The usage of Imperative, disjunctive and There be.
祈使句的用法：
祈使句的谓语一律用动词原形，否定形式用“don't＋动词原形”，强调形式在肯定式的谓语动词前加do。
祈使句的主语一般省略，但为了强调也可以说出主语，还可以同时带称呼语。
祈使句＋and＋陈述句＝If...，＋主句
祈使句＋or＋陈述句＝If...not...，＋主句
反意疑问的用法：
1.陈述部分是复合句时，反问部分一般应和主句保持一致，但前句为“I think/believe/suppose/expect/imagine/guess＋宾语从句”结构时，问句应和从句的主谓保持一致，如果宾语从句的否定转移，反问句要用肯定形式。
2.陈述部分是肯定祈使句时，可以用won't you或will you反问。
3.陈述部分是否定祈使句时，只能用will反问。
4.陈述部分以let's 开头时用shall we反问。
5.陈述部分以Let us开头，则用will you反问。
There be句型：
1. There be句型中，be后面的名词是主语，句子结尾是地点(时间)状语
There is a tall tree in front of the classroom.
2. 如果有两个或两个以上的主语，谓语动词be要采用就近一致原则。
There is a pen，two books，and many pencils on the desk.
3. there be结构中的谓语动词be有时可用seem to be，happen to be，is likely to be或remain，stand，lie，go，exist，follow，live，come，occur等替换。
There is likely to be something wrong with his computer.
Once upon a time there lived an old monk in the temple.
Step3 随堂练习讲解
1．(2010·四川高考)If you have a job，________yourself to it and finally you'll succeed.
A．do devote B． don't devote C．devoting D．not devoting
【解析】 考查谓语动词的强调及“祈使句＋and＋将来时句子”的固定搭配。此 处应是祈使句，又有谓语动词的强调，要借助助动词do，故选A。句意：如果你有了一份工作，付出努力去做它，最后你定能成功。
【答案】 A
2．(2010·江苏高考)—Is everyone here
—Not yet...Look，there ________the rest of our guests!
A．come B．comes C．is coming D．are coming
【解析】 there be句型属于倒装句，谓语动词根据后面的主语确定。
【答案】 A
3．(2009·湖北高考)You and I could hardly work together， ______
A．could you B．couldn't I C．couldn't we D． could we
【解析】 考查反意疑问句的用法。陈述部分中含有否定词hardly，故疑问部分用肯定形式，主语是you and I。故应选D。
【答案】 D
4．(2009·陕西高考)He must be helping the old man to water the flowers，________？
A．is he B．isn't he C．must he D．mustn't he
【解析】 考查反意疑问句。陈述句中的谓语中虽有情态动词must，但此处must表示对正在进行的动作进行推测，不将其看作情态动词。又由于must后有助动词be，故反意疑问句根据助动词be来构成，选B。
【答案】 B
5．(2009·辽宁高考)It's the first time that he has been to Australia，________.
A．isn't he B．hasn't he C．isn't it D．hasn't it
【解析】 考查反意疑问句。按照前肯后否的句式，反问主句，选C符合语法表达习惯。
【答案】 C
6．(2009·安徽高考)__a certain doubt among the people as to the practical value of the project.
A．It has B．They have C．It remains D．There remains
【解析】 本题考察there be结构。remain替代了be动词。
【答案】 D
7．(2009·上海高考)Sally's never seen a play in the Shanghai Grand Theatre，________？
A．hasn't she B．has she C．isn't she D．is she
【解析】 考查反意疑问句的用法。因为句子中由never，所以反意疑问句用肯定形式。Shally's为Shally has的省略。
【答案】 B
8．(2009·湖南高考)Please do me a favor—________my friend Mr.Smith to Youth Theater at 7∶30 tonight.
A．to invite B．inviting C．invite D．invited
【解析】 句意：请帮我个忙——邀请我的朋友史密斯先生今晚7点半到青年剧院看戏。破折号后是一个祈使句。
【答案】 C
9．(2010·成都模拟)Most of the experts disagree with us，________？
A．don't they B．do they C．will they D．won't they
【解析】 disagree是由否定前缀构成的单词，因而疑问部分仍然用否定结构。
【答案】 A
10．(2010·天津调研)The woman carrying babies，come in first，________？
A．will you B．will they C．don't they D．don't you
【解析】 句意：抱小孩的女士们，请先进来，好吗？本题考查祈使句的反意疑问句，且前面的句子为肯定形式，故用will/won't you？本 题中的祈使句带着主语，加大了本题难度。
【答案】 A
Step 4 Chalkboard design （板书设计）
There be句型1. There be句型中，be后面的名词是主语，句子结尾是地点(时间)状语 2. 如果有两个或两个以上的主语，谓语动词be要采用就近一致原则。 3. there be结构中的谓语动词be有时可用seem to be，happen to be，is likely to be或remain，stand，lie，go，exist，follow，live，come，occur等替换。 例题解释：1.There is a tall tree in front of the classroom.2.There is a pen，two books，and many pencils on the desk.……
Step 5 Homework
1. How many ____ are there in the picture (C类)
A. woman B. women C. boy D. milk
2.There ____ two bowls of rice on the table. (C类)
A. is B. have C. has D. are
3.Are there ___ houses near the river Yes, there are_______ (B类).
A. some, some B. any, some C. any, any D. some, any
4. There _________ an English teacher and 40 students in the classroom. (B类)
A. is B. are C. have D. being
5. Where _________ dirt, there are flies. (A类)
A. there has B. is C. there is D. has there
6. There _________ no fresh drinking water and no good farm land, it was not a
comfortable place in which to live. (C类)
A. be B. was C. were D. being
7. The students expected there ________ more reviewing classes before the final
exam. (A类)
A. be B. being C. have been D. to be
阅读理解 七选五 (for students A)
I don't remember how many examinations I've taken since I began my schooling._ _1__I dare say that，in fact，almost no student likes examinations.
We often hear people say “Examinations are teachers' magic weapon”，so most of us may think it is our teachers who give us students so many examinations.__2__Since almost all of them have once been students before they became teachers. As I mentioned just now，we don't like examinations，and neither do our teachers，which may be reasonably concluded. What's more, the more examinations we take，the more time will be taken from our teachers and the more trouble our teachers have to take.__3__
__4__It is the system in our country，I think，that gives us students so many examinations. If there were no entrance examinations，and all the students could go up to the higher grades without competition，there would not be so many examinations in primary and middle schools.
__5__Only in this way can examinations be greatly reduced，and then all the students will be happier.
A．And I can't agree more.
B．Then what's the reason for the large number of examinations
C．To tell the truth，I don't like examinations at all.
D．So it is important and necessary to reform the test system.
E．But l don't think so.
F．So we can easily get the conclusion that teachers are not the ones who are to blame.
G．There are too many examinations which make us feel exhausted every day.
1．________ 2.________ 3.________ 4.________
5．________
Ⅴ. 【答案】 1.C 2.E 3.F 4.B 5.DUnit 2 Poems
6th period Grammar
The Subjunctive Mood (2)
1.教材分析（the analysis of teaching materials）
This teaching period mainly deals with the grammar: the subjective mood (2). We have learned two kinds of subjective mood in unit 1. In this period we will continue to focus on another kind of subjective mood.
2.学情分析（the analysis of the students）
In the process of learning English, Ss have learned some sentences using the
subjunctive mood. So teacher can use some common sentences to lead in.
知识目标(Knowledge aims)
a. Enable students to learn how to use the subjunctive mood.
b. To enable the students to use the subjective mood correctly and properly.
能力目标(Ability aims)
a. Get the students to understand and sum up the grammatical points. Meanwhile try to master these rules.
b. Learn to use the target sentence patterns to talk about situations that are not true or not likely to become true at present.
情感目标(Emotion aims)
a. Get Ss to become interested in grammar learning.
b. Develop Ss’ sense of comparing and summarizing.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
a. Help the students master two structures about the subjunctive mood.
b. Get the students to learn how to use the two structures about the subjunctive mood.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step I: Greetings
Step II: Presentation
Ask students to go back to page 10 and read through the reading passage A Few Simple Forms of English Poems to pick out the sentences with the subjective mood and then translate them into Chinese.
Suggested answers:
We would have own ... 我们本来会夺冠…
If Jack had scored that goal, 如果杰克踢进了那个球，
If we’d had just a few more minutes, 如果我们还有几分钟
If we had trained harder, 如果我们训练得更严格，
If Ben had passed the ball to Joe, 如果本把球传给了乔，
If we’d had thousands of fans screaming, 如果有大批球迷助威，
If I hadn’t taken my eye off the ball, 如果我死死盯住球，
If we hadn’t stayed up so late the night before, 如果我们头晚不熬夜
If we hadn’t taken it easy, 如果我们没有放松警惕，
If we hadn’t run out of energy, 如果我们没有精疲力竭，
We would have won… 我们本来会夺冠…
If we’d been better! 如果我们能干得更好！
Tell the Ss that the above sentences are with the subjective mood and then discuss it with them. Then ask the students to think about the questions “what is the subjective mood ”
Step III Reviewing
1). The subjective mood is often found in a clause beginning with the word “if”. The past perfect tense (had done/been) is often used in the “if” clause and “would+have done /been” is often used in the main clause expressing the situation contrary to the past.
(1) I could have shown you around the city if I had known you were in Beijing.
2). In expressing the situation contrary to the future, “were/did/should+v./were to +v.” is often used in the “if” clause and “would + v.” is often used in the main clause expressing the situation contrary to the future.
(1) 从句谓语用过去式
If it rained tomorrow, the sports meet would be put off.
If your father knew this, he would be angry.
(2) 从句谓语用should + 动词原形 (通常指可能性极小的事情，一般译为“万一”)
If it should rain tomorrow, don’t except me.
If I should be free tomorrow, I will come.
(3) 从句谓语用were to＋动词原形(通常指可能性小极小或近乎不可能，有时指出乎意料)
If the sun were to rise in the west, my love for you would not change.
3) In expressing the situation contrary to the present, “The past tense (did/were)” is often used in the “if” clause and “would/might/should/could+动词原形” is often used in the main clause.
(1). If it often rained, the crops would grow well.
Step IV Discovering useful structure
I 主语从句中的虚拟语气
在主语从句中，谓语动词的虚拟语气用“should+动词原形”的结构，表示惊奇，不相信，理应如此等。常用句型：
It is necessary (important, natural, strange, etc.) that…
It was a pity (a shame, no wonder,etc.) that…
It will be desired (suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.) that…
Eg: It is important that every member (should) inform himself of these rules.
注意： 这种从句表示的是事实。 如果说话人对这种事实表现出惊奇等情感，就可用虚拟语气。反义，如果不表示惊奇等情感，that 从句也可用陈述语气。
It is a pity that you can’t swim.
II．同位语从句和表语从句中的虚拟语气
作表示建议，要求，命令等的名词如advice, idea, order, demand, plan, proposal, suggestion, request等的表语从句和同位语从句，从句中的谓语动词用(should)+ 动词原形。
Eg: My advice is that we (should) get more people to attend the conference.
I have made a proposal that we (should) hold a meeting next week.
Step V Practices and homework
6.知识结构（板书设计）
I 主语从句中的虚拟语气在主语从句中，谓语动词的虚拟语气用“should+动词原形”的结构，表示惊奇，不相信，理应如此等。常用句型：It is necessary (important, natural, strange, etc.) that…It was a pity (a shame, no wonder,etc.) that…It will be desired (suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.) that…II．同位语从句和表语从句中的虚拟语气作表示建议，要求，命令等的名词如advice, idea, order, demand, plan, proposal, suggestion, request等的表语从句和同位语从句，从句中的谓语动词用(should)+ 动词原形。 Reviewing(副板书)(1) I could have shown you around the city if I had known you were in Beijing. If it rained tomorrow, the sports meet would be put off. If your father knew this, he would be angry. If it should rain tomorrow, don’t except me. If I should be free tomorrow, I will come. If the sun were to rise in the west, my love for you would not change. If it often rained, the crops would grow well.
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（questions）
what is the subjective mood
2.作业（homework）
ABC层 Review the grammar points in this class.
ABC层:用动词的适当形式填空
It’s important that the patient _____________(take) good care of.
The suggestion that students ______________(learn) something practical is worth considering.
Do you know the order that you ____________(keep) watching.
I make a proposal that a meeting ___________(hold) next week.
It’s time that you ________________(leave) here.
The keys: 1. (should) be taken 2. (should) learn 3. (should) keep 4. (should) be held 5. left/ should leaveUnit 1 Art
9th period Unit Test
1.教材分析（the analysis of teaching materials）
The emphasis of this class should be placed on going over and summarizing what has been learned in this unit.
2.学情分析（the analysis of the students）
The Ss have learned the new words and expressions and the language points in Unit1 Art, but may not master them. In order to consolidate them the students need to do more exercises.
3.教学目标(Teaching aims)
*知识目标(Knowledge aims)
1). To get Ss to master all the useful new words and expressions in this unit.
2). To have Ss understand the new grammar item.
*能力目标(Ability aims)
Let the students to master the learning strategies in multi-choice and writing.
*情感目标（Emotional aims）
To encourage Ss to learn more about Western paintings and Chinese art and know more about some famous artists and works of art.
4.教学重点和难点（teaching important points and difficult points）
Using what they have learned in this unit to solve real problems.
5.教学过程(Teaching procedures)
Step 1 Revision
1). Five minutes for the Ss to summarize what they have learned in this unit by
themselves . Then check and explain something where necessary.
Suggested answer: (Ss’ answers may vary) From this unit we have learned some of the major movements in Western art and Demonstrated how art has changed stylistically over centuries.
2). Revise the useful words and expression in this unit by doing words classification.
Ask Ss to make classification before the class and invite Ss to write them on the blackboard and check it together in the class.
From this unit you have also learned:
Useful verbs: aim, adopt, possess, attempt, predict, carve, appeal
Phrasal verbs: appeal to, attempt to do sth, break away from, convince sb. of sth.
Useful nouns: sculpture, gallery, faith, possession, technique, coincidence, shadow, figure, clay, marble, exhibition, scholar, flesh, bunch, avenue, preference, reputation ,civilization, district, committee, signature.
Useful adjectives and adverbs: abstract, faithfully, conventional, typical, evident, superb, ridiculous, controversial, specific, delicate, allergic, aggressive, fragile, visual, fragrant, contemporary, permanent.
Useful expressions: by coincidence, a great deal, on the other hand
New grammar item: Subjunctive mood
Step 3 Presentations for multi-choice
①Check the answers
②Instruct the difficult points
Step4. Instructing strategies in writing and show the sample.
①建议信的结构
前段： 要先阐明提出建议的原因，理由以及自己的目的想法
中断：建议的具体内容
后段： 一般是表示敬意或祝愿的话
② 常用表达
建议信开头常用句式： I am writing to express my views about …
You have asked me for my advice on… and I will try to make some suggestions
Thanks for trusting me. It’s my great pleasure to give you some suggestions
表达建议常用句式： I think the most suitable …for you …is …
I would like to suggest that …
As far as I am concerned …/ In my opinion…
For one thing … for another …
To begin with …besides…last but not least…
建议信结尾常用句式：
There are only my personal suggestions. I hope you will find them useful/helpful.
I would be ready to discuss this matter with you in further detail.
I’m willing to discuss this matter with you wherever you need help.
Step 5 Homework
6.知识结构（板书设计）
Words classification 单元知识点：aim to do sth 旨在做某事appeal to 吸引attempt to do sth 试图做某事in an attempt to do sth 试图做某事figure out 弄明白take/have possession of sth “占有某物”in the possession of “在…..的控制下”a great deal of “大量的，修饰不可数名词” ①建议信的结构前段： 要先阐明提出建议的原因，理由以及自己的目的想法中断：建议的具体内容后段： 一般是表示敬意或祝愿的话
7.问题研讨（课堂提问，练习和作业设计）
1.课堂提问（questions）
What can we learn in this unit
2.练习（practice）
Read the new words
3作业（homework）
I. Multiple choice ---A/B/C 层
1. Our teacher often tells us that we _________ succeed in the college entrance exam, we must work harder than ever.
A. aim to B. refuse to C. aim at D. decide in
2. The film had been intended to _________ the children but it turned out that it was a failure because the children found it boring.
A. appeal to B. admit to C. adapt to D. approach to
3. The glass doors have taken the place of the wooden ones at the entrance, ________ in the natural light during the day.
A. to let B. letting C. let D. having let
4. History is _______ a subject that lets us know something in history, it also tells us a lot of truths.
A. not more than B. less than C. more than D. no more than
5. He _________ to get a high position in the company, but failed because of his carelessness.
A. managed B. succeeded C. attempted D. thought
6. ________was most important to her, she told me, was her family.
A. It B. This C. What D. As
7. The Internet as well as newspapers _______ an important part in our daily life.
A. have played B. are playing C. is playing D. has been playing
8. Napoleon was unwilling to risk a conflict with this country, and _______ promised to withdraw his troops speedily from Mexico.
A. however B. besides C. traditionally D. consequently
9. –I’d like to take a three-day holiday.
-_________. We’re too busy.
A. Forget it B. Don’t hurry C. Forgive me D. Don’t mention it again
10. Don’t be too ________! How can you charge $100,000 for a second –hand car
A. ridiculous B. abnormal C. controversial D. sceptical.
11. The author was required to submit an ________ of about 200 words together with his research paper.
A. edition B. editorial C. article D. abstract
12. If my teachers hadn’t trained me strictly, things ________ going so smoothly now.
A. can’t be B. wouldn’t be C. couldn’t have been D. aren’t
13. Little Sam couldn’t ______ how to print out the papers until the teacher showed it to him.
A. go through B. come up C. figure out D. get over
14. –Does the young man standing there_______ the company
-No. The company is _____ his father.
A. have possession of ; in the possession of
B. in possession of ; in the possession of
C. take possession of ; in possession of
D. have possession of ; in possession of
15. Nowadays with the help of advanced equipment, it’s easy to _______ the weather ahead of time.
A. predict B. forecast C. foretell D. prefer
16. According to _________wisdom, voters usually make their choices on the basis of demostic issues.
A. controversial B. aggressive C. conventional D. universal
17. He had ________ work to do, but somehow he managed.
A. a great number of B.a great deal of C. a plenty of D. the number of
18. Clearly they will not ______ this method unless it is more advantageous than simple exchange.
A. adapt B. adjust C. adopt D. arise
19. They do this _______ to get as many people to vote for them as possible.
A. in order that B. in an attempt C. at an attempt D. in a hurry
20. –Bob, please go and buy some vegetables for me. I’m busy now.
-Can you be more _______. Mum
-Some tomatoes and a cabbage.
A. specific B. firm C. abstract D. complete
Keys:
1. A . aim to do sth 旨在做某事
2. A 根据句意理解，appeal to 吸引
3. B 现在分词作结果状语从句，表示一种自认而然的结果
4. C 根据句意理解
5. C. attempt to do sth 试图做某事
6. C what 引导主语从句，且在从句中作主语，she told me 是插入语
7. as well as 连接两个名词作主语时，谓语动词应和前面的名词在人称和数上保持一致。
8. D 根据句意理解
9. A forget it 在此用来对某一建议表示拒绝
10. A ridiculous “荒谬的，可笑的”
11. D 词意辨析
12. B 条件从句与过去有关，主句的时间状语是now, 与现在情况有关
13. C figure out 弄明白
14. A 第一空缺少谓语，应用动词词组，take/have possession of sth “占有某物”，第二空填in the possession of “在…..的控制下”
15. B 根据句意理解
16. C 根据句意理解
17. B a great deal of “大量的，修饰不可数名词”
18. C 根据句意理解
19. B in an attempt to do sth 试图做某事
20 A 考察形容词辨析
II Writing ---A/B/C 层
为了迎接即将到来的期末考试，学校要取消所有的体育课。请你以学生王丽的身份给校长写一封信，建议不要取消体育课。
注意： 1.文章的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数
词数：120~150
Dear headmaster,
I’m writing to express my views concerning our school’s decision that all physical education should be cancelled. __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Looking forward to your reply.
Yours sincerely,
Wang Li
Sample:
Dear headmaster,
I’m writing to express my views concerning our school’s decision that all physical education should be cancelled. I know the final exams are coming and we should do all we can to prepare for them. Our school, in order to make students do well in the exams, has decided to cancel all physical education. Maybe it’s a good idea, but I think it would be better to have PE classes. There are many reasons for this. Firstly, physical education is a necessary part of education. Secondly, PE can make students healthy and give them more energy to review lessons. Thirdly, PE can enrich school life and increase students’ interest in study. Lastly, students need a way to relax themselves in order to increase their efficiency of study. In a word, PE greatly benefits students in many ways. So I would appreciate it if you would consider my suggestions and think about letting us have PE classes.
Looking forward to your reply.
Yours sincerely,
Wang Li
